GSM&GPRSParameters B9-0103 14a

mercredi 3 mai 2006
BSS Telecom Parameters

Catalogue:
Release B9
Edition 14 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0103 DSZZA

BSC parameters
Logical name A_ECNO_HO HMI name A_ECNO_HO B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Window size for Ec/No level averages for 2G to 3G handover Cell Type Yes
Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
Rec None Application 2G-3G Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec Radio measurements data processing OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr
reference access
Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded 1
Mandatory -- Max 31 Coded 31
rulesRecommended -- Coded Def 8
Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 8
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter is a MR4 parameter.
comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name A_LEV_HO HMI name A_LEV_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Window size for level averages for handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
Rec None Application GSM Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 Max 31 Coded 31
rulesRecommended A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Coded Def 8
Recommended A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Def value 8 Coded Def 8
rules
External --
comment
Internal CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
comment
Edition 14 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0103 DSZZA Page 2
Logical name A_LEV_MCHO HMI name A_LEV_MCHO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for level averages for microcell handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Max 15 Coded 15
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only for cells where: Cell_type = Microcell
comment
Logical name A_LEV_PC HMI name A_LEV_PC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for level averages for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 Max 31 Coded 31
rulesRecommended A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC Coded Def 4
Recommended A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC Def value 4 Coded Def 4
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name A_PBGT_DR HMI name A_PBGT_DR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name A_PBGT_HO HMI name A_PBGT_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averaging current cell levels for power Cell Type Yes
budget calculation. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 Max 31 Coded 31
rulesRecommended A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Coded Def 16
Recommended A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Def value 16 Coded Def 16
rules
External should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12 in rural area
comment
comment
Logical name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR HMI name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR FR-to-HR channel adaptation. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Coded 1
Mandatory A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Max 61 Coded 61
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR HMI name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR HR-to-FR channel adaptation. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Max 61 Coded 61
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name A_QUAL_HO HMI name A_QUAL_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for quality averages for handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 Max 31 Coded 31
rulesRecommended A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Coded Def 8
Recommended A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Def value 8 Coded Def 8
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name A_QUAL_PC HMI name A_QUAL_PC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for quality averages for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 Max 31 Coded 31
rulesRecommended A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Coded Def 4
Recommended A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Def value 4 Coded Def 4
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name A_RANGE_HO HMI name A_RANGE_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Window size for distance averages. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Window size for load averages. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation & management OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
comment
Logical name AC_0 HMI name AC 0 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred. Cell Type No
Instance cell
Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) HMI name High Priority Access Class B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Ordering P1 Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 Min value 10 Coded 5
(access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is
coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority Min value 10 Coded 5
10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as
1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class
15) is coded as 4.
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
15) is coded as 4.
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
15) is coded as 4.
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
15) is coded as 4.
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
15) is coded as 4.
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM HMI name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present in SYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4. M Cell Type
No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Displayed Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value of PI and possibly C2 Min value 0 Coded 0
parameters.
rules
External --
comment
Internal always set to 0 as SYS_INFO 7&8 are not used
comment
Logical name ADDR_MON HMI name ADDR_MON B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the address error Cell Type No
counter is reset. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
Rec None Application GSM Categor Network (CDE)
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory -- Max 6553.5 Coded 65535
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name ADDR_TR HMI name ADDR_TR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Address error threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Internal BSS alarm, not OMC-R visualisation
comment
Logical name AG_PREMPT_PCH HMI name AG_PREMPT_PCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grant messages when there Cell Type No
is one remaining free AGCH block. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Paging and Access Grant Control OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Lets define the free AGCH blocks as the number of blocks remaining for the AGCH Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended messages when the BCCH extended block and NCH blocks have been excluded. --
Recommended - If there is no free AGCH block then the flag is not used (pre-emption mandatory, default value --
rules 0 is not used by BTS )
- If there is only one free AGCH block then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or 0 (pre-emption allowed)
- If there is more than one free AGCH then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0 (pre-emption forbidden).
Def value 0 Coded Def 0
External --
comment
Internal When EN_VGCS is disabled :
comment Free AGCH = BS_AG_BLKS_RES - BCCH_EXT
When EN_VGCS is enabled

Free AGCH = BS_AG_BLKS_RES - NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS - BCCH_EXT
Logical name ALLOC_ANYWAY HMI name ALLOC_ANYWAY B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on free resource at expiry of its queuing Cell Type No
timer independently of the threshold NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation and management OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External only relevant when NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name ALPHA (BSC) HMI name ALPHA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Alpha power control parameter. Cell Type No
Instance cell
Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GPRS Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 Min value 0 Coded 0
1010
Mandatory Equal to ALPHA (MFS) Max 1 Coded 10
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name AMR_FR_HYST HMI name AMR_FR_HYST B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis for AMR FR codec mode adaptation. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Codec Adaptation OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dB
reference access
Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, , 15 = 7.5 dB Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly Coded Def 4
Recommended As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly Def value 2 Coded Def 4
rules recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 13).
External Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s).
comment Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.
Internal --
comment
Logical name AMR_FR_SUBSET HMI name AMR_FR_SUBSET B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR FR calls (1 to 4 codecs). Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec Codec Adaptation OMC-R Changeable Type Reference Unit None
reference access
Coding rules bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1: 10,2 kbit/s is part of the Min value 0 Coded 0
subset; bit 6=1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit
4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15
kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset
Mandatory In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set Max 240 Coded 240
rulesRecommended to 1). -- Coded Def 164
rules
External Default value corresponds to an optimal codec subset:12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name AMR_FR_THR_1 HMI name AMR_FR_THR_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second Cell Type No
lowest codec mode. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Codec Adaptation OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB
reference access
Mandatory AMR_FR_THR_1 <= AMR_FR_THR_2 Max 31.5 Coded 63
Recommended As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly Def value 6.5 Coded Def 13
rules recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_1 <= 16dB.
External Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2
comment codecs are in the AMR FR subset.
Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.
Internal --
comment
Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 >= AMR_FR_THR_1 Max 31.5 Coded 63
Internal --
comment
Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 Max 31.5 Coded 63
Internal --
comment
Logical name AMR_HR_HYST HMI name AMR_HR_HYST B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis for AMR HR codec mode adaptation. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Codec Adaptation OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dB
reference access
rules recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 13).
comment Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
Internal --
comment
Logical name AMR_HR_SUBSET HMI name AMR_HR_SUBSET B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR HR calls (1 to 4 codecs). Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 1 byte. Bit 8 (most significant) = Bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit Min value 0 Coded 0
5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90
kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1:
4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset;
Mandatory In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set Max 60 Coded 60
rulesRecommended to 1). The subset shall not contain only 7.4 kbit/s codec mode. The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is --
Recommended not supported by Alcatel BSS. --
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name AMR_HR_THR_1 HMI name AMR_HR_THR_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory AMR_HR_THR_1 <= AMR_HR_THR_2 Max 31.5 Coded 63
rules recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_1 <= 16dB.
External Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2
comment codecs are in the AMR HR subset.
Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
Internal --
comment
Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 >= AMR_HR_THR_1 Max 31.5 Coded 63
Internal --
comment
Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 Max 31.5 Coded 63
Internal --
comment
Logical name AMR_START_MODE_FR HMI name AMR_START_MODE_FR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a FR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is Cell Type No
started by the BTS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second Min value 0 Coded 0
lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest
codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec
mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes)
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name AMR_START_MODE_HR HMI name AMR_START_MODE_HR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a HR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is Cell Type No
started by the BTS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second Min value 0 Coded 0
lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest
codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec
mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes)
Mandatory If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), the chosen codec mode shall not Max 4 Coded 4
rulesRecommended correspond to 7.40 kbit/s. Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start
mode for AMR HR should be avoided. Coded Def 0
rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name ATT (BSC) HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to ATT (MFS) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name AUT_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_CELL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name AUTO_DSC HMI name AUTO_DSC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables auto disconnection of LAPD links. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec None Application GSM Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: disabled 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name B_NUM HMI name B_NUM B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External Default value depends on MSC type.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BCC (BSC) HMI name BCC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BTS colour code of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
Rec Application GSM Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec Radio measurements data processing OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules coded over 3 bits Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to BCC (MFS) Max 7 Coded 7
rules
External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
comment
Internal Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
comment
Logical name BCCH_EXT HMI name BCCH_EXT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Paging and Access Grant control OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: false, 1:true Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory -BCCH_EXT cannot be set to true if the associated BTS is a non-Evolium one. Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended -When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true. The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells
Recommended -When EN_VGCS is disabled : The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells
rules . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies
-When EN_VGCS is enabled : within the same band.
. If BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
. if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
External --
comment
Internal The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH
comment i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell reselection duration
ii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition of the system information on 3G cells.
Logical name BCCH_FREQUENCY HMI name BCCH_FREQUENCY B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the frequency used as BCCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover Preparation OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Mandatory In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN Max 1023 Coded 1023
rulesRecommended belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if --
Recommended EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These --
rules restrictions do not apply to external cells.
Def value None Coded Def
External --
comment
Internal - The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, , 1023, 0}.
comment - For an own cell, the BCCH frequency is deduced from the radio TS description.
Logical name BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) HMI name BCCH_ARFCN B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the frequency used as BCCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover Preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Mandatory - BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) = BCCH_ARFCN(n) Max 1023 Coded 1023
rulesRecommended - In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN --
Recommended belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if --
rules EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone.
These restrictions do not apply to external cells.
- for serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC:

There shall be no more than 31 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all cells which are
target for reselection of the same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS)
<> Disabled and FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty.
-for Non Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards :
target for reselection of that same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <>
Disabled and FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty.
- For Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards :
There shall be no more than 32 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all target cells.
External --
comment
Internal - The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, , 1023, 0}.
comment - The BCCH frequency of an adjacent external cell is directly editable in the HMI. To be consistent with the MFS related parameter, the
OMC-R access is defined according to this case (changeable). The BCCH frequency of an adjacent internal cell is virtual changeable.
- This parameter is not a new B9 parameter, it was already existing in the SW of previous release and has been introduced in the BTP in
B9 for re-alignment (so not in CDE table)
Logical name BF_HI_RX HMI name BF_HI_RX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
rulesRecommended BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX Coded Def 80
Recommended BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX Def value 80 Coded Def 80
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BF_HI_TX HMI name BF_HI_TX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX Coded Def 16
Recommended BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX Def value 16 Coded Def 16
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BF_LO_RX HMI name BF_LO_RX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
rulesRecommended BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX Coded Def 70
Recommended BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX Def value 70 Coded Def 70
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BF_LO_TX HMI name BF_LO_TX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX Coded Def 8
Recommended BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX Def value 8 Coded Def 8
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH). Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Paging & access grant control OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory -BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell Max 7 Coded 7
rulesRecommended -when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 --
Recommended -When EN_VGCS is disabled : --
rules . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1
-When EN_VGCS is enabled :
. If BCCH_EXT = false , then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
External Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0
comment For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1
Internal At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to channelCombination = CBH or SDH in the TRX attribute listOfRadioChannel.
comment
Logical name BS_CV_MAX (BSC) HMI name BS_CV_MAX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Cell Type No
Count Down procedure is entered. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the
resolution contention has failed. Instance cell
Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Min value 1 Coded 1
Mandatory Equal to BS_CV_MAX (MFS) Max 15 Coded 15
rulesRecommended BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise Coded Def 9
Recommended BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise Def value 9 Coded Def 9
rules the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled
situations.
If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of
unacknowledged blocks may be delayed.
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic
is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:
- BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the
serving cell,
- BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater
External Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given
comment RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments.
Internal --
comment
Logical name BS_P_CON_ACK HMI name BS_P_CON_ACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit 2 x Samfr
reference access
Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name BS_P_CON_INT HMI name BS_P_CON_INT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) HMI name BS_PA_MFRMS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) Min value 2 Coded 0
Mandatory BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Max 9 Coded 7
rules
External The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of Cell Type No
the BTS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GSM Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dB
reference access
Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Min value -30 Coded 15
Mandatory BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Max 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) -- Coded Def 0
External The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of Cell Type Yes
the TRX of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (MFS) and BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Max 0 Coded 0
rules
comment limitation).
Internal Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.

comment
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MIN HMI name BS_TXPWR_MIN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BTS minimum allowed transmission power. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory BS_TXPWR_MIN <= BS_TXPWR_MAX Max 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN -- Coded Def 12
rules Def value -24 Coded Def 12
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND HMI name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing by the BSC. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation & management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [1] B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition First character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R Changeable Type Reference Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max 255 Coded 255
rules
External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes.
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Second character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Third character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [1] B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition First character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [10] B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Second character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Third character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BSIC (GSM) HMI name BSIC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Radio measurements data processing OMC-R Changeable Type Abstract Unit None
reference access
Coding rules -- Min value # Coded
Mandatory -- Max # Coded
rulesRecommended -- Coded Def
Recommended -- Def value # Coded Def
rules
External --
comment
Internal See BCC (BSC) and NCC (BSC)
comment
Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Ciphering procedure OMC-R Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None
reference access
Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for Min value 1 Coded 1
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
Mandatory The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities Max 2 Coded 2
rules
External --
comment
Internal Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Ciphering procedure OMC-R Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None
reference access
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSC
Rec None Application GSM Categor Not Used (NU)
reference domain y
Spec Ciphering procedure OMC-R None (DLS) Type List of numbers Unit None
reference access
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY HMI name Send_CM_Enquiry B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls the trigger of Classmark Enquiry procedure at call establishment time. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Classmark handling OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: the classmark enquiry is never initiated by the BSC; Min value 0 Coded 0
1: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the
BSC will always initiate a classmark enquiry;
2: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the
BSC will initiate the classmark enquiry if algorithm A5/1 is not available (information available
in MS classmark 1 IE sent in the LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST).
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BTS_CIPH_CAP HMI name ciphering capabilities B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of flags indicating what are the BTS ciphering capabilities. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec Ciphering procedure OMC-R Displayed Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption algorithm is Min value 0 Coded 0
supported.
bit 1 (LSB) : no encryption. bit 2 : A5/1. bit 3 : A5/2...bit 8 : A5/7. bit x =0: encryption not
rules
comment
Internal Bit 1 = 1 (mandatory)Bit 4 to 8 = 0 (mandatory)Bits 1 and 4 to 8 shall not be displayed at the OMC-R.Transmitted to the BTS in the
comment BTS_CONF_DATA message
Logical name BTS_Q_LENGTH HMI name BTS_Queue_Length B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requests that can be queued Cell Type No
simultaneously. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Call_user_data_sel HMI name Call_User_Data_Selector B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 to 16 bytes string Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Max 255 Coded 255
rules
comment Each byte of the string can get a value in the range [0..255].
Internal OMC sends a string of a fixed length of 16bytes.
comment The default string is an empty string.
The right side of the string might be filled by zeros until 16 bytes are reached.
Logical name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION HMI name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITIO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a general N Cell Type
No
capture handover. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CBC_window HMI name CBC_Window B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBC interface for both incoming and Cell Type No
outgoing primitives. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended shall be set to "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" -- Coded Def 1
External Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1.
comment If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should be set to 3.
Internal --
comment
Logical name CBC_X25_primary_address HMI name CBC Primary X25 Address B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CBC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CBC_X25_secondary_address HMI name CBC Secondary X25 Address B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CBC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CCCH_CONF (BSC) HMI name CCCH_CONF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Configuration of the CCCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Paging & access grant control OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: CCCH not combined, 1: CCCH combined Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory 1) CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended --
Recommended 2)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of --
rules MAX_PDCH:
i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on
BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 1: CCCH combined
ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on
BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 0: CCCH not combined
iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if
External --
comment
Internal shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for Multislot CCCH.
comment
Logical name CELL_BAR_ACCESS HMI name Administrative cell Barring B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter identifies if the cell is barred by the operator for MS initial access. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter is changeable via bar-cell and debar-cell operator commands.
comment
Logical name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY HMI name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: normal priority, 1: low priority Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS.
comment
Logical name CELL_CAPACITY_CLASS HMI name Cell Capacity Class B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Capacity class of the cell, measured on a linear scale, ranging from 1 to 100. Cell Type No
Instance cell
Rec 3GPP TS 08.08 Application 2G-3G Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec External channel changes OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit %
reference access
Coding rules binary value on 8 bits Min value 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended the Cell Capacity Class shall follow the recommended rule: In order to fulfill the 3GPP Coded Def 100
Recommended the Cell Capacity Class shall follow the recommended rule: In order to fulfill the 3GPP Def value 100 Coded Def 100
rules requirement of having a linear scale in the capacity class, ranging from 1 to 100:
Cell Capacity Class is a linear function of the Cell capacity: value 1 shall indicate the
minimum capacity class, and 100 shall indicate the maximum capacity class. Capacity
class should be measured on a linear scale.
The default value of Cell Capacity Class should depend on the number of available TCHs
in the cell and since there may be up to 126 TCH channels in one GSM cell:
Cell_Capacity_Class = int{[(99/125) x (NTCH - 1)] + 1}
where NTCH is the number of all TCH channels in the Cell.

External --
comment
Internal This parameter is a MR2 parameter
comment
Logical name CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE HMI name Cell Dimension B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Determines if the cell is processed as a macrocell or a microcell. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: Macrocell, 1: Microcell Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
comment
Logical name CELL_EV HMI name CELL_EVALUATION B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Order, 1: Grade Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name CELL_LAYER_TYPE HMI name Cell Layer B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Determines if the cell is processed as single cell, upper layer cell, lower layer or indoor layer Cell Type Yes
cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Single cell, 1: Upper layer, 2: Lower layer, 3 : Indoor layer Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended The allowed layer configurations are: 1) Only single layer cells, 2) Upper layer cells + Coded Def 0
Recommended The allowed layer configurations are: 1) Only single layer cells, 2) Upper layer cells + Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules Indoor layer cells, 3) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells, 4) Upper layer cells + Lower
layer cells + Indoor layer cells
External --
comment
Internal CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_LAYER_TYPE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
comment
Logical name CELL_PARTITION_TYPE HMI name Cell Partition B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Determines if the cell is concentric. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: No partition, 1: Concentric Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended Must be equal to "Concentric" when FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM-DCS1800" or --
Recommended "PGSM-DCS1800". --
rules
External --
comment
Internal CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_PARTITION_TYPE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
comment
Logical name CELL_RANGE (BSC) HMI name Cell Range B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Determines if the cell belongs to an extended cell. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory CELL_RANGE(BSC) = CELL_RANGE(MFS) Max 2 Coded 2
rulesRecommended Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. --
Recommended A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC --
rules (respectively RAC when they are PS capable).
External --
comment
Internal The CELL_RANGE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
comment
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS HMI name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area or, Cell Type No
for a GPRS MS, in a different routing area, or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dB
reference access
Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n HMI name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area. (n) Cell Type
No
Instance cell
Rec None Application VGCS Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dB
reference access
Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal - This parameter is a MR2 parameter
comment
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Max 126 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
Internal Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
comment
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(BS HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC) Max 126 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND HMI name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion are broadcast. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: not present, 1: present Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. This parameter was explicitly defined in GSM 05.08 up to version V8.3.1 of Release 99
comment (replaced by sentences in subsequent versions)
Logical name CGI_3G_REQD HMI name CGI_3G_REQUIRED B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls format of 3G cell identifications sent to the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec None Application 2G-3G Categor Network (CDE)
reference domain y
Spec External channel changes OMC-R Displayed Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_3G_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC Coded Def 1
Recommended Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_3G_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules supports the CGI format. The CGI_3G_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator
wants to allow inter-PLMN 2G to 2G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is
recommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom
External Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
comment
comment If CGI_3G_REQD = 1 then 3G cell will be identified on A interface with MCC_3G(n) + MNC_3G(n) + LAC_3G(n) + RNC_ID(n)
Else with LAC_3G(n) + RNC_ID(n)
Logical name CGI_REQD HMI name CGI_REQUIRED B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec External channel changes OMC-R Displayed Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports Coded Def 1
Recommended Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules the CGI format. The CGI_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow
inter-PLMN 2G to 2G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is
recommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom
External Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CI (BSC) HMI name cell Identity (CI) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Cell Identity. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec External channel changes OMC-R Changeable Type Reference Unit None
reference access
Mandatory LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Max 65535 Coded 65535
rulesRecommended Equal to CI (MFS) -- Coded Def
65535
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CI_3G(n) HMI name CI_3G(n) B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates the Cell Identifier of a 3G cell as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401 Cell Type No
Instance 3G cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover Management OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Binary value on 16 bits Min value 0 Coded 0
The value of -1 indicates that no cell identifier is provided by the operator (the default value,
indicated here, is for implementation purposes).
Mandatory MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell Max 65535 Coded 65535
rulesRecommended --
Recommended CI_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from -1) --
rules
Def value -1 Coded Def -1
External The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
comment
comment
Logical name CIC HMI name Circuit Identity Code B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit. Cell Type No
Instance A ch
reference domain y
Spec Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R Displayed Type Reference Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits = TS number Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name COUNT_DECR HMI name COUNT_DECR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is Cell Type No
decremented upon T_COUNT_I expiry. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD HMI name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions upon TCU overload. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name COUNT_INCR_1 HMI name COUNT_INCR_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
incremented upon TCU overload level 1. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended COUNT_INCR_1 <= COUNT_INCR_2 Coded Def 2
Recommended COUNT_INCR_1 <= COUNT_INCR_2 Def value 2 Coded Def 2
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name COUNT_INCR_2 HMI name COUNT_INCR_2 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
incremented upon TCU overload level 2. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended COUNT_INCR_2 >= COUNT_INCR_1 Coded Def 4
Recommended COUNT_INCR_2 >= COUNT_INCR_1 Def value 4 Coded Def 4
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CRC_MON HMI name CRC_MON B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the CRC error counter Cell Type No
is reset. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CRC_TR HMI name CRC_TR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CRC error threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n) HMI name CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n) B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter allows to characterise an handover adjacency, meaning to be used as for Cell Type No
normal Circuit Switched transaction only, or for VGCS call only, or for both. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance adj
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0= CS Min value 0 Coded 0
1= VGCS
2= CS & VGCS
Mandatory If source/target cell has FREQUENCY_RANGE = GSM850 or DCS1900, then Max 2 Coded 2
rulesRecommended CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n) = 0. -- Coded Def 2
External --
comment
comment The value of CS_VGCS_CHAR is deduced from the VGCS-Char parameter of BOP.
The adjacency type of normal CS transaction is given in the Adjacency-Type parameter (R/HO/R&HO), defined in BOP.
Logical name DELTA_DEC_HO_margin HMI name DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Correction factor favouring handover cause Power budget when traffic is high in the serving Cell Type Yes
cell and low in neighbour cell(s). Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dB
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name DELTA_INC_HO_margin HMI name DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Correction factor penalizing handover cause Power budget when traffic is low in the serving Cell Type Yes
cell and high in neighbour cell(s). Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE HMI name Downlink DTX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec DTX functional specification OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 Coded Def 0
Recommended should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR FR speech calls. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR HR speech calls. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_HR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_HR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speech calls. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 Coded Def 0
Recommended should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name DPC HMI name MSC Signalling Point Code B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signalling Point Code of the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec ITU-T Q.704 Application GSM Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec (SS7 parameter) OMC-R Changeable Type Reference Unit None
reference access
rules
comment
Internal Must be equal to OPC and SSF used by MSC
comment
Logical name DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) HMI name DRX_TIMER_MAX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, Min value 0 Coded 0
, 111
Mandatory Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) Max 4 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec DTX functional specification OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX, 2: MS shall not use Min value 0 Coded 0
uplink DTX
Mandatory Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) Max 2 Coded 2
rules
External DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR
comment
Internal This parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options (BCCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3 and in cell Options
comment (SACCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases. The DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) parameter is not displayed as such to the
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 2 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies for all codec types except AMR. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated channel rate Min value 0 Coded 0
for TCH/F 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall not, 7=may
for TCH/H 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall, 7= shall
rules
External DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR and DTX_INDICATOR_HR (see coding rules).
comment
Internal This parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases. The
comment DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 2 for AMR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only to AMR FR and AMR HR. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated channel rate Min value 0 Coded 0
for TCH/F (AMR FR) 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall not, 7=may

rules
External DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR is calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR (see coding rules).
comment
Internal This parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases. The
comment DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
Logical name DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER HMI name DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Dummy ARFCN used to describe one dummy 2G frequency in the SI2ter message when there Cell Type No
is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter Sub-syste BSC RMS No
message and the SI2ter message has to be present to describe 3G frequencies.
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding
comment the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN.
This case occurs when there is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message but
the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections (for a serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC, or for a Non Evolium
Internal --
comment
Logical name DWELL_TIME_STEP HMI name DWELL_TIME_STEP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) of MIN_DWELL_TIME. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EC HMI name EMERGENCY_CALL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes or only for access classes 11 Cell Type No
to 15. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages
comment
Logical name EC_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_EC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name ECSC HMI name ECSC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates to the MS whether or not early sending of CLASSMARK CHANGE is allowed. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec Classmark handling OMC-R None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: early sending not allowed, 1: early sending allowed Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages. Coded in the software.
comment
Logical name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE HMI name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENT FAILURE sent in case of External Cell Type No
Directed Retry. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec External channel changes OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External Default value depends on MSC type
comment
Internal This parameter is meaningful only if EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1.
comment
Logical name EDR_MSG_ORDER HMI name EDR_MSG_ORDER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter determines the order of transmission of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE and Cell Type No
HANDOVER REQUIRED on the A interface in case of an External Directed Retry. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec External channel changes OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal This parameter is meaningful only if EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1.
comment
Logical name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED HMI name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintained in queue during External Cell Type No
Directed Retry attempt. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Handover Management OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL HMI name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to the MSC in case of External Cell Type No
Directed Retry. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EFR_ENABLED HMI name EFR_ENABLED B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR) is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation & management OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY HMI name EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the radio resource allocation strategy used in EGSM cells. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation and management OMC-R Displayed Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: Different behaviour for EGSM capable MS: The BSS handles differently EGSM capable MS Min value 0 Coded 0
from PGSM only capable MS in EGSM cells.
1: Same behaviour for EGSM capable MS: The BSS handles in the same way only PGSM
capable MS as EGSM capable MS in EGSM cells, i.e. the BSS assumes that all GSM900 MS
are EGSM capable.
Mandatory 1) When EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY is set to Different behaviour for EGSM capable MS, Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended the OMC-R does not allow the operator to define the BCCH, CCCH, SDCCH and CBCH on a --
Recommended G1 TRX. --
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EME_DATA_TIMER HMI name EME_DATA_TIMER B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer supervision the reception by the BSC of the EME_DATA_IND message Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio Measurements OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTI HMI name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELE B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
ON CTION Cell Type No
Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections and defines the 3G search
activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Disabled Min value 0 Coded 0
1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state,
2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state.
rulesRecommended The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells Coded Def 0
Recommended The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies
within the same band.
External If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS or NC2 mode of operation for all MS, the 3G
comment search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This 3G
search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter.
Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN (excluding
the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN.
the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections (for a serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC, or for a Non Evolium
Internal This parameter is a MR4 parameter. It replaces the EN_2G_TO_2G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC) value, which is still used by the BSC B9
comment MR2.
The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH
i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell reselection duration
Logical name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTI HMI name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
ON(BSC) CTION Cell Type No
activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS) Max 2 Coded 2
External If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS or NC2 mode of operation for all MS, the 3G
the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections.
Internal This parameter is not relevant from MR4 (not used by BSC/MFS MR4 even if still send by the OMC for BSS pre-MR4). From B9 MR4, the
comment EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION, defined at cell level, is used by the BSC and MFS (via BSCGP).
Logical name EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n) HMI name EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n) B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates if diversity is applied for the cell Cell Type No
Instance 3G cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 1 bit: Min value 0 Coded 0
0 diversity is not applied,
1 diversity is applied
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name EN_3G_HO HMI name EN_3G_HO B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the 2G-3G handover Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover Preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External 2G-3G Handover will be disabled by the BSS in cells mapped to non Evolium BTSs
comment
comment
Logical name EN_AMR_CA HMI name EN_AMR_CA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR channel adaptation (Handover Causes 26 and Cell Type No
27). Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory EN_AMR_CA can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1} Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_AMR_FR HMI name EN_AMR_FR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR full rate is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_AMR_HR HMI name EN_AMR_HR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR half rate is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_BALANCED_CI HMI name EN_BALANCED_CI B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure. Cell Type No
Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio Measurements OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0:disable, 1: enable Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO HMI name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of too high level in outer zone handover cause Cell Type Yes
(cause 13). Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
comment
Logical name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) HMI name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred band. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_BS_PC HMI name EN_BS_PC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables BS Power Control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring upon BTS/BSC overload. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP HMI name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_DATA_144 HMI name Data 14.4 kbit/s B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates if 14.4 kbit/s operation is allowed. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation & management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter has not been removed in order not to impact the implementation of the BSC.
comment
Logical name EN_DIST_HO HMI name EN_DIST_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of distance handover cause (cause 6). Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name EN_DR HMI name Directed_Retry B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover management OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_DTM HMI name EN_DTM B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/disables the support of dual transfer mode Cell Type No
Instance BSS
Rec None Application DTM Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended To get full benefit of DTM feature, a Gs interface shall be present, and Coded Def 0
Recommended To get full benefit of DTM feature, a Gs interface shall be present, and Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules Network_Operation_Mode shall be set to 1 (NMO 1). However, DTM is still possible with
External Dual Transfer Mode will be disabled by the BSS in cells mapped to non Evolium BTSs.
comment
Internal This parameter is not used by BSS SW. It is defined as a provision for the MIB.
comment
Logical name EN_EGPRS HMI name EN_EGPRS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/Disables EGPRS traffic in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
Rec None Application GPRS Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec Not linked to a document OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: Disable, 1: Enable Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory EN_EGPRS = enable only if MAX_PDCH > 0. Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended - If EN_EGPRS is set to enable, Alcatel recommend to set the parameter Coded Def 0
Recommended - If EN_EGPRS is set to enable, Alcatel recommend to set the parameter Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX to 0.
- In case of extended cell, Alcatel recommend to set the same value in both, inner and
External From system point of view, when EN_EGPRS = Enable, the highest MCS allowed on the TRX is defined by the current size of the M-EGCH
comment link of the TRX and by the MAX_EGPRS_MCS value.
Internal 1) From system point of view, if EN_EGPRS = Enable, the highest MCS, i.e. the less robust, that can be used on each TRX of the cell is
comment determined as a function of the HW TRX capability, of the current size of the M-EGCH link of the TRX, and of the MAX_EGPRS_MCS value.
2) This parameter can be set to enable only if the EGPRS feature has been bought by the Customer.
Logical name EN_EXT_DR HMI name EN_EDR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio Measurements OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. Coded Def 1
Recommended EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules
External For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is
comment triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is enabled in order to get a Handover Reject
message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures.
Internal MSC: Depends on MSC Type
comment
Logical name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP HMI name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting for Mobile Assisted Cell Type No
Frequency Allocation. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Normal assignment OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO HMI name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_FORCED_DR HMI name EN_FORCED_DR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the Forced Directed Retry handover cause detection. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF HMI name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a dual rate, half-rate preferred, to Cell Type No
allocate a full rate channel. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Normal assignment OMC-R None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal This flag shall be set to 1 only in Cegetel NW
comment
Logical name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO HMI name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of general capture handover cause (cause 24). Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_GPRS HMI name Enable GPRS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables the GPRS traffic within the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Mandatory if MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS is set to disable Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended if MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS is set to enable -- Coded Def 0
External --
comment
Internal The EN_GPRS parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
comment
Logical name EN_IC_HO HMI name EN_INCOMING_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_IM_ASS_REJ HMI name EN_IMM_ASS_REJ B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedure is enabled. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio & link establishment OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External This parameter is only valid for circuit switched traffic. For packet traffic (GPRS or EGPRS) sending of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT
comment messages cannot be disabled.
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_INBAND_PAGING HMI name EN_INBAND_PAGING B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to disable/enable the in-band paging Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH HMI name EN_INTERBAND_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM Cell Type No
INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_INTRA_DL HMI name EN_INTRA_DL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell downlink handover cause (cause 16) for Cell Type No
non AMR calls. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR HMI name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell downlink handover cause (cause 16) for Cell Type No
AMR calls. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is Coded Def 1
Recommended It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules applied
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_INTRA_UL HMI name EN_INTRA_UL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell uplink handover cause (cause 15) for Cell Type No
non AMR calls. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR HMI name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of intracell uplink handover cause (cause 15) for Cell Type No
AMR calls. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is Coded Def 1
Recommended It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules applied
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED HMI name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handover attempts. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE HMI name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This Flag enables/disables the support of the "preferred codec" algorithm for TFO. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_LCS (BSC) HMI name EN_LCS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
Rec None Application LCS Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec LCS Functional Specification OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to EN_LCS (MFS) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_LNK_M HMI name EN_LNK_M B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables datalink monitoring. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_LOAD_BALANCE HMI name EN_LOAD_BALANCE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner and outer zone of a multiband Cell Type Yes
cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". Coded Def 0
Recommended EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules
External EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO is enabled
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_LOAD_MNGT HMI name Automatic AC barring on TCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes on TCH load criterion. load Cell Type
No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_LOAD_ORDER HMI name EN_LOAD_ORDER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken into account when setting up the Cell Type No
list of target cells. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_LOAD_OUTER HMI name Load computation in outer zone B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of a Concentric/multiband cell Cell Type No
instead of the load computation on the whole cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4 need to be Coded Def 0
Recommended When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4 need to be Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation.
EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled".
External significant only for concentric and multiband cells.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_MA_SELECTION HMI name EN_MA_SELECTION B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables channel selection according to Mobile Allocation criterion. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_MCHO_H_DL HMI name EN_MCHO_H_DL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of level downlink micro-cell handover cause (cause Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
comment
Logical name EN_MCHO_H_UL HMI name EN_MCHO_H_UL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of level uplink mirco-cell handover cause (cause Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name EN_MCHO_NCELL HMI name EN_MCHO_NCELL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of high level in neighbour lower or indoor cell Cell Type Yes
handover cause (cause 14). Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoor layer. Coded Def 0
Recommended In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoor layer. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer or lower layer.
Logical name EN_MCHO_RESCUE HMI name EN_MCHO_RESCUE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of consecutive bad SACCH frames handover cause Cell Type Yes
(cause 7). Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name EN_MS_PC HMI name EN_MS_PC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables MS Power Control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO HMI name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers Cell Type No
Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_PBGT_FILTERING HMI name EN_PBGT_FILTERING B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells on Cell Type Yes
HO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL criterion. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended This parameter must be set to disabled in case of extended cell Coded Def 1
Recommended This parameter must be set to disabled in case of extended cell Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_PBGT_HO HMI name EN_PBGT_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of power budget handover cause (cause 12). Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_PCR HMI name Preventive cyclic retransmission B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables preventive cyclic retransmission. flag Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Not linked to a document OMC-R None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External This parameter is set to 1 by the BSC in case the Ater links of a BSS are configured as satellite links.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO HMI name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (high level in neighbour cell in Cell Type No
the preferred band). Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING HMI name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n) in the candidate cell Cell Type No
evaluation process. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken into account Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_RESCUE_UM HMI name EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag determines if emergency handovers are directed preferentially to umbrella cells. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. Used to prevent indoor MS going to umbrella. CT: Depends on Cell Type
comment and BTS Type
Logical name EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO HMI name EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag enabling the intracell handovers allowing to move TCH from the PS zone to the CS zone Cell Type No
of PDCH/TCH allocation Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover Preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_RL_RECOV HMI name EN_RADIOLINK_RECOVERY B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.
comment
Logical name EN_RXLEV_DL HMI name EN_RXLEV_DL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of level downlink handover cause (cause 5). Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_RXLEV_UL HMI name EN_RXLEV_UL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of level uplink handover cause (cause 3). Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_RXQUAL_DL HMI name EN_RXQUAL_DL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of quality downlink handover cause (cause 4). Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_RXQUAL_UL HMI name EN_RXQUAL_UL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of quality uplink handover cause (cause 2). Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_SEND_CM3 HMI name Forward_CM_3 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables sending of Classmark 3 IE to the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External The value of this parameter depends on whether the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE or not: if the MSC supports the MS classmark 3
comment IE then the parameter shall be set to 1, otherwise the parameter shall be set to 0.
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE HMI name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag controls Current channel OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER HMI name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag controls Speech version (used) OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_SPEED_DISC HMI name EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer or CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and
comment
Logical name EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO HMI name SYNCHRONISED_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables synchronous handovers between synchronized cells. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Internal channel changes OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Mandatory EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to Extended Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended inner or Extended outer. -- Coded Def 0
External --
comment
Internal CELL_TYPE = extended inner at OMC-R HMI corresponds to CELL_RANGE = inner cell in the BSC. CELL_TYPE = extended outer at
comment OMC-R HMI corresponds to CELL_RANGE = outer cell in the BSC.
Logical name EN_TCH_PREEMPT HMI name EN_TCH_PREEMPT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition This flag enables/disables the TCH/VGCH pre-emption feature. If enabled, a point-to-point or Cell Type No
voice group call with the pvi (pre-emption vulnerability indication) bit set might be pre-empted Sub-syste BSC RMS No
for a point-to-point or voice group call that has the pci (pre-emption capability indication) bit set
if the concerned cell is in congestion state. Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0:disabled, 1:enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended - EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. Coded Def 0
Recommended - EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules - If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled,
otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2.
External In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for emergency handovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in the concerned cell, the BSC will
comment first try to use one of these resources before actually releasing an ongoing call with lower priority and the pvi bit set.
In case the cell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is enabled and the MSC does not allow the queing, the BSC will queue an incoming
point-to-point request with pre-emption capability indicator set during at most T11_forced seconds for a normal assignment or during at
most T_qho seconds for an handover request. For the voice group call request, the BSC will follow the MSC indicator.
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_TFO HMI name EN_TFO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/ disables TFO function. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec TFO Functional specification OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Mandatory May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_MATCH = 0 Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_TFO_MATCH HMI name EN_TFO_MATCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1 Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_OPT = 0 -- Coded Def 0
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_TFO_OPT HMI name EN_TFO_OPT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1 Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) HMI name EN_TRAFFIC_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of traffic handover cause (cause 23). Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External As the traffic load of cells external to the BSC is unknown, no HO cause 23 will be triggered towards these cells, even if EN_TRAFFIC_HO =
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT HMI name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_UPLINK_REPLY HMI name EN_UPLINK_REPLY B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to disable/enable the uplink reply procedure Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name EN_VGCS HMI name EN_VGCS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to disable/enable the VGCS in the cell Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory EN_VGCS shall be set to disabled for non-Evolium BTS Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to Coded Def 0
Recommended When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules - include the Response Request in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ).
- to configure, at least, one TRX with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 in the cell.
- to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a
value greater or equal to 2
External --
comment
comment
Logical name EXT_HO_FORCED HMI name EXT_HO_FORCED B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executed as external HO. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal - Valid for both TCH and SDCCH
comment - The forced external HO mecanism is NOT applied to the VGC talker, i.e., during the inter-cell internal channel change, i.e., the BSC shall
ignore the value of EXT_HO_FORCED parameter.
Logical name FDD_ARFCN(n) HMI name FDD_FREQUENCY B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition FDD UTRAN frequency Cell Type No
Instance 3G cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit MHz
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.2 MHz Min value 0 Coded 0
0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz, binary value on 14 bits.
The value of -1 indicates that no UTRAN frequency is provided by the operator (the default
value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes).
Mandatory For a given 2G cell, the maximum number of different FDD_ARFCN(n) among all 2G to 3G Max 3276.6 Coded 16383
rulesRecommended adjacencies for handover is 3 --
Recommended --
rules FDD_ARFCN(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from -1)
Only the following downlink bands are standardized: 1930 1990 MHz and 2110 2170 MHz
comment The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface.
comment
Logical name FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) HMI name FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of neighbour FDD UTRAN frequencies Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Changeable Type List of numbers Unit MHz
reference access
Coding rules 0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz. The value of -1 indicates that no UTRAN Min value 0 Coded 0
frequency is provided.
Mandatory Only the following downlink bands are standardized: 1930 1990 MHz and 2110 2170 MHz Max 3276.6 Coded 16383
rulesRecommended -- Coded Def -1
Recommended -- Def value -1 Coded Def -1
rules
External The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface.
comment The FDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the
Internal Up to 3 FDD UTRAN frequencies can be defined in the list. They form a table with the 3 following values FDD_ARFCN[I] for I = 1,,3. The
comment value of -1 indicates that no UTRAN frequency is provided.
When sent to the BSC, the number of frequencies in the list is given to the BSC. When sent to the MFS, the 3 FDD_ARFCN[I] values are
given to the MFS and the value of -1 indicates that no FDD UTRAN frequency is provided.
This parameter is called "List-of-Neigh-FDD-ARFCN" in the MIB.
Logical name FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING HMI name FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of the strongest 3G cells to be reported by the MS in the measurement report Cell Type No
message Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
comment This parameter is meaningful only if EN_3G_HO is set to enabled. If disabled, this parameter is considered as equal to zero (the MS shall
report only 2G cells).
This parameter is also broadcast on SACCH.
comment
Logical name FDD_Qmin(BSC) HMI name FDD_Qmin B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB
reference access
Coding rules 0 = -20 dB Min value -20 Coded 0
1 = -6 dB
2 = -18 dB
3 = -8dB
4 = -16dB
5 = -10dB
6 = -14dB
7 = -12dB
Mandatory Equal to FDD_Qmin(MFS) Max -6 Coded 1
Recommended -- Def value -12 Coded Def 7
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name FDD_Qoffset (BSC) HMI name FDD_Qoffset B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells Cell Type No
for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application 2G-3G Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC Min value -32 Coded 0
0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible
1: -28: -28 dB
2: -24: -24 dB
3: -20: -20 dB
4: -16: -16 dB
5: -12: -12 dB
6: -8: -8 dB
7: -4: -4 dB
8: 0: 0 dB
9: 4: 4 dB
10: 8: 8 dB
11: 12: 12 dB
12: 16: 16 dB
13: 20: 20 dB
14: 24: 24 dB
15: 28: 28 dB
Mandatory Equal to FDD_Qoffset(MFS) Max 28 Coded 15
rules
comment
Internal The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 32, but the corresponding text always select a 3G cell if possible
comment
Logical name FDD_REP_QUANT HMI name FDD_REP_QUANT B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the measured quantity to be reported by the MS for the 3G cell. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec 3GPP TS 45.008 Application 2G-3G Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0 : RSCP; 1 :Ec/No Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Thi sparameter is a MR4 parameter
comment The value 0 is not supported
Logical name FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET HMI name FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Offset that the MS shall apply to measurements before reporting Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 6dB Min value 0 Coded 0
(0 : 0dB, 1 : 6dB, 7 : 42dB)
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD HMI name FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOL B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold above which the MS shall report the measurements D Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coded value (binary) : Value (dB) : Text displayed at the OMC
0 : 0 : Always report the 3G neighbor cells
1 : 6 : 6 dB
2 : 12 : 12 dB
3 : 18 : 18 dB
4 : 24 : 24 dB
5 : 30 : 30 dB
6 : 36 : 36 dB
7 : 42 : Never report the 3G neighbor cells
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name Filter_Suspend_Cause HMI name Filter_Suspend_Cause B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This filter allows not to undertake a suspend procedure, for some specific causes. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec None Application GPRS Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules bitmap : one bit per cause which can be filtered : (0000 0000): no filtering (0000 0001): LA Min value 0 Coded 0
update filtering (0000 0010): SMS filetring (0000 0011): LA update and SMS filering (1111
1111): Suspend procedure inhibited whatever the cause may be.
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name FORBID_AMR_NS HMI name FORBID_AMR_NS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to forbid / allow AMR noise suppressor in the MS. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
Rec GSM 04.18 Application GSM Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS. Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External Significant only if EN_AMR_FR or EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F HMI name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is Min value 0 Coded 0
forbidden
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED HMI name TFO HR when loaded B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to control the establishment of TFO in Half rate when the cell is loaded. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : TFO HR not forced, 1 : TFO HR only, 2 : TFO HR preferred Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH should be set to 1 Coded Def 0
Recommended If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH should be set to 1 Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules
External If this flag is set to 1, and if for load reasons the call is established with HR codec, it will stay in HR.
comment If this flag is set to 2, if for load reasons the call is established with HR codec, and if TFO is not possible in HR, the BSC will try to establish
TFO with FR or EFR codec, provided that EN_TFO_MATCH=1.
Internal --
comment
Logical name FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR HMI name Force TFO versus AMR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation (TFO) for GSM FR SV1, Cell Type No
FR SV2 and HR SV1 codec types when the current codec is AMR FR or AMR HR. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: disabled (no TFO negotiation if AMR used); 1: enabled (TFO negotiation will start even if Min value 0 Coded 0
AMR used)
Mandatory FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1 Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR = 1) OR (EN_AMR_HR = 1)
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Freefactor_1 HMI name Free_Factor_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free Cell Type No
TCHs in the candidate cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules -- Min value -16 Coded 0
Mandatory Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 Max 16 Coded 32
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 Max 16 Coded 32
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Freefactor_5 >= Freefactor_4 Max 16 Coded 32
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Freelevel_1 HMI name Free_Level_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Mandatory Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2 Max 255 Coded 255
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1 Max 255 Coded 255
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 Max 255 Coded 255
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 Max 255 Coded 255
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name Freelevel_DR(n) HMI name Free_Level_DR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO Coded Def 4
Recommended Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO Def value 4 Coded Def 4
rules
External --
comment
Internal CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
comment
Logical name FREQUENCY_RANGE HMI name FREQUENCY_RANGE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Normal assignment OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: Min value 0 Coded 0
EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits
as a provision for future frequency bands support.
Mandatory - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to Max 6 Coded 6
rulesRecommended "Concentric" . --
Recommended - The micro concentric, mini concentric and indoor concentric cells must be multiband (the --
rules allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800). This restriction
does not apply to the external cells.
- In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN
belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if
EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These
restrictions do not apply to external cells.
- The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of
the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as
belonging to the same frequency range.
The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters:
- At cell creation
- When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified.
However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified.
Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on
the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter:
- FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or
PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900
and DCS1800 bands",
- FREQUENCY_RANGE = GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set
to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands",
- FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1900 if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands".
0 0
External --
comment
Internal Values 4 and "5" are for Multiband cells. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. m
comment template
Logical name GSM_PHASE HMI name GSM_PHASE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to format messages towards the MSC. Cell Type No
Min RMS No
Instance BSC
referenceSpec Normal assignment domain y OMC-R Changeable value Type Flag Max
Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2 Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name H_LOAD_OBJ HMI name H_LOAD_OBJ B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduce MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Coding rules step size = 10% Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory H_LOAD_OBJ >= L_LOAD_OBJ Max 100 Coded 10
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
comment
Def value Coded Def

Logical name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME HMI name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory H_MIN_DWELL_TIME >= L_MIN_DWELL_TIME Max 120 Coded 120
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer.
comment
Logical name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuit switched calls. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation & management OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Mandatory HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell (see TRXnb default value). The value indicated here is for implementation
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS HMI name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Load threshold used to determine a certain margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic Cell Type No
between two sending of the BSCGP RR Allocation Indication messages. The threshold is Sub-syste BSC RMS No
expressed in percentage of the radio timeslots available in the cell.
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External The margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic can be computed as follows:
comment
(100 - HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)/100*NB_TS
where NB_TS is the number of radio timeslots available in the cell.

Internal --
comment
Logical name HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED HMI name INTERCELL_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercell handovers. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED HMI name INTRACELL_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External Valid for both TCH and SDCCH.
comment The flags specific to the TFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO, EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT, EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE, are set independently
of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED.
Additionally, the flag related to handover cause 30, EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO is set independently of the flag
HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED.
The handovers for TFO reasons (cause 29) and RAE4 reasons (cause 30) can therefore be performed even if HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED
Internal --
comment
Logical name HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_DIST B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handover causes. Cell Type Yes
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules -- Min value -127 Coded -127
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_LEV B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handover causes. Cell Type Yes
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_QUAL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handover causes Cell Type Yes
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT HMI name SDCCH_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition The flag inhibits/enables the execution of SDCCH handovers. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: SDCCH HO enabled1: SDCCH HO disabled Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry
comment
Internal CT: Depends on Cell Type
comment
Logical name HOmargin (0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) which is required for a power Cell Type Yes
budget HO. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name HR_ENABLED HMI name HR_ENABLED B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name I_TX_LAPD HMI name I_TX_LAPD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum LAPD transmission queue length. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL HMI name IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates whether or not a transmission alarm triggers the telecom defence activities Cell Type No
(call release, blocking messages towards MSC). Note that the O&M activities are not Sub-syste BSC RMS No
dependent on this flag.
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: transmission alarms are not ignored and the telecom defence activities (call release, Min value 0 Coded 0
blocking messages towards MSC) are triggered;
1: transmission alarms are ignored and telecom defence activities (call release, blocking
messages towards MSC) are not triggered;
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name INBAND_PAGING_THR HMI name INBAND_PAGING_THR B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the eMLPP priority included in the Paging message from the MSC is higher than or equal to Cell Type No
this parameter, then the BSS shall trigger in-band paging within cells, that are identified to be Sub-syste BSC RMS No
paged from the PAGING message, and that have existing VGC active.
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits Min value 0 Coded 0
000 : deactivation of inband paging
001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority)
010 : call priority level 3
110 : call priority level B
111 : call priority level A (highest priority)
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite for circuit switched calls. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= Coded Def 0
Recommended IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
External --
comment
comment
Logical name INTAVE HMI name INTAVE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCH timeslots. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation & management OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit Samfr
reference access
Coding rules step size=1 Samfr Min value 1 Coded 1
Mandatory INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3 Max 31 Coded 31
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name INTFBD1 HMI name Interference bands 1-2 limit B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Limit between interference band 1 and interference band 2. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation & management OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
reference access
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded 0
Mandatory INTFBD1 < INTFBD2 Max -47 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1 Max -47 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name INTFBD5 HMI name Interference band 5 upper limit B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper limit of interference band 5. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation & management OMC-R Displayed Type Number Unit dBm
reference access
Mandatory -- Max -47 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name K_GSL (BSC) HMI name K_GSL (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec None Application GPRS Categor Network (CDE)
reference domain y
Spec GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic Coded Def 7
Recommended It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic Def value 7 Coded Def 7
rules is carried through Ater satellite links:
- K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all cells of the MFS to
which the BSC is connected.
- K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the
MFS to which the BSC is connected.
External This parameter shall be equal to K_GSL (MFS).
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and satellite connection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded.
comment
Logical name K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and satellite connection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec 3GPP TS 08.56 Application GSM Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended Only values strictly lower than 16 are compatible with G2 BTS, hence 15 is chosen as Coded Def 15
Recommended Only values strictly lower than 16 are compatible with G2 BTS, hence 15 is chosen as Def value 15 Coded Def 15
rules default value. There is a small loss of throughput on the RSL when going from 16 to 15.
External --
comment
Internal This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 16 kbit/s channel on a satellite connection.
comment With 540 ms round trip time and an average LAPD frame = 33 bytes, the RSL average throughput is 8.1 kbitps with
K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite = 16 (maximum), and 7.6 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite = 15 (default).
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 16 Kbit/s channel on a terrestrial connection.
comment
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended Only values strictly lower than 16 are compatible with G2 BTS, hence 15 is chosen as Coded Def 15
Recommended Only values strictly lower than 16 are compatible with G2 BTS, hence 15 is chosen as Def value 15 Coded Def 15
rules default value. There is a small loss of throughput on the RSL when going from 16 to 15.
External --
comment
Internal This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 64 kbit/s channel on a satellite connection.
comment With 540ms round trip time and an average LAPD frame = 33 bytes, the RSL average throughput is 8.1 kbitps with
K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite = 16 (maximum), and 7.6 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite = 15 (default).
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 64 Kbit/s channel on a terrestrial connection.
comment
Logical name KEEP_CODEC_HO HMI name Keep codec on handover B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internal incoming handovers. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO calls only; 2: try to maintain codec Min value 0 Coded 0
for all calls
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name L_LOAD_OBJ HMI name L_LOAD_OBJ B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increase MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Mandatory L_LOAD_OBJ <= H_LOAD_OBJ Max 100 Coded 10
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
comment
Logical name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME HMI name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory L_MIN_DWELL_TIME <= H_MIN_DWELL_TIME Max 120 Coded 120
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer
comment
Logical name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) HMI name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbour lower layer cell n Cell Type No
handover or from classical band to preferred band cell n handover. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance adj
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name L_RXLEV_DL_H HMI name L_RXLEV_DL_H B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Downlink level threshold for handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P. Max -47 Coded 63
rulesRecommended L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_DL_IH L_RXLEV_D_H < L_RXLEV_DL_P
Coded Def 14
rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or Def value -96 Coded Def 14
DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900:
RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and
External --
comment
comment
Logical name L_RXLEV_DL_P HMI name L_RXLEV_DL_P B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Lower downlink level threshold for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm
reference access
Mandatory L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P Max -47 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) HMI name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name L_RXLEV_UL_H HMI name L_RXLEV_UL_H B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Uplink level threshold for handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_P Max -47 Coded 63
rulesRecommended L_RXLEV_UL_H < RXLEV_UL_IH L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_P
Coded Def 10
rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or Def value -100 Coded Def 10
DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900:
RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and
External --
comment
comment
Logical name L_RXLEV_UL_P HMI name L_RXLEV_UL_P B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Lower uplink level threshold for power control. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P Max -47 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_H HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 70==7) Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended L_RXQUAL_DL_H >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P Coded Def 40
Recommended L_RXQUAL_DL_H >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P Def value 4 Coded Def 40
rules
External Higher value is the worst quality
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR calls. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Recommended -- Def value 4.5 Coded Def 45
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_P HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_P B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Lower downlink quality threshold for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P Max 7 Coded 70
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_H HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended L_RXQUAL_UL_H >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P Coded Def 40
Recommended L_RXQUAL_UL_H >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P Def value 4 Coded Def 40
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR calls. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_P HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_P B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Lower uplink quality threshold for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P Max 7 Coded 70
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name L_TIME_ADVANCE HMI name LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Low threshold to trigger handover cause too short distance in outer cell. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit bper
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_RANGE = Outer cell. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
comment
Logical name LAC (BSC) HMI name Location Area Code (LAC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Location Area Code. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Changeable Type Reference Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended Equal to LAC (MFS) --
Recommended A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC. --
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name LAC_3G(n) HMI name LAC_3G(n) B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates the Location Area Code as defined in 3GPP TS 24.008. It is used in Cell Type No
the HANDOVER COMMAND message Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance 3G cell
reference domain y
reference access
The value of -1 indicates that no LAC is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated
here, is for implementation purposes).
Mandatory LAC_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from -1) Max 65535 Coded 65535
rules
Recommended Def value -1 Coded Def -1
rules
External The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes
comment
comment
Logical name LB_DECR HMI name LB_DECR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is decremented on T_LB_OV Cell Type No
expiry. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH
comment
Logical name LB_INCR HMI name LB_INCR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is incremented each time an Cell Type No
OVERLOAD is received from the FU. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name Linkfactor (0,n) HMI name Link_factor B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap or favour cell n. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name LOAD_EV_PERIOD HMI name LOAD_EV_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS HMI name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of load samples (calculated every TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds) used to compute Cell Type No
the maximum number of slave PDCHs that the BSC can allocate to the MFS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation and management OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Loadfactor_1 HMI name Load_Factor_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the Cell Type No
candidate cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 Max 0 Coded 16
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 Max 0 Coded 16
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Loadfactor_5 <= Loadfactor_4 Max 0 Coded 16
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name Loadlevel_1 HMI name Load_Level_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit %
reference access
Mandatory Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4 Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3 Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuit switched calls. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External If LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD is set to 0 in a given cell n, then no Handover Cause 23 (i.e. Traffic Handovers) can be triggered towards that cell
comment
comment
Logical name LSA_ID_array (BSC) HMI name LSA_ID_I B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS) Max 16777215 Coded 16777215
rulesRecommended The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN Coded Def 16777215
Recommended The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN Def value 16777215 Coded Def 16777215
rules significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03.
External The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only.
comment
Internal The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage limitation in the BSC.
comment The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as invalid value for implementation purpose.
Logical name LSA_OFFSET HMI name LSA_OFFSET B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with the same LSA priorities. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Call release OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dB
reference access
Coding rules coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48 Min value 0 Coded 0
dB, 7 = 64 dB.
rules
External The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name M_PEND_A (G2 BSC) HMI name M_PEND_A (G2 BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of I-frame received on RSL and GSL by a G2 BSC before sending an Cell Type No
acknowledgement. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded 1
Mandatory The value of this parameter shall be lower than K_LAPD_RSL and K_GSL (BSC) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External This parameter is used with the G2 BSC for both terrestrial and satellite links
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name M_PEND_A (MX BSC) HMI name M_PEND_A (MX BSC) B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of I-frames received on RSL and GSL by a MX BSC before sending an Cell Type No
acknowledgement Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec LAPD management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Mandatory The value of this parameter shall be lower than K_LAPD_RSL and K_GSL (BSC) Max 4 Coded 4
rules
External This parameter is used with the MX BSC for both terrestrial and satellite links.
comment
comment
Logical name M1 HMI name Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one step B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are barred in one step. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of high priority access classes Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name M2 HMI name Nbr AC 11-15 unbarred in one B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are unbarred in one step. step Cell Type
No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MATE_CI (BSC) HMI name MATE_CI B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Cell Identity of the Mate cell Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Not linked to a document OMC-R Changeable Type Reference Unit None
reference access
Mandatory Equal to MATE_CI (MFS) Max 65535 Coded 65535
rules
comment
Internal This parameter is not a new B9 parameter, it was already existing in the SW of previous release and has been introduced in the BTP in B9
comment for re-alignment (so not in CDE table)
Logical name MAX_ADJ_CELL_3G_HO HMI name MAX_ADJ_CELL_3G_HO B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of 3G target cells for 2G-3G handover adjacency Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec None Application 2G-3G Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec Handover Preparation OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name MAX_GPRS_CS HMI name MAX_GPRS_CS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum coding scheme used for GPRS traffic in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 1 : CS-2; Min value 2 Coded 1
2 : CS-3;
3 : CS-4
Mandatory MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_DL_INIT_CS Max 4 Coded 3
rulesRecommended R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate
Recommended MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_UL_INIT_CS R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate
rules corresponding to MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. if MAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS
If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2. shall not be higher than 12kbps)
The aim of this last rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust
ranking and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case
Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e. GPRS is not allowed)
External --
comment
Internal 1) This parameter is defined at cell level so that CS-3 and CS-4 can be used only in cells where the radio link quality is sufficiently good.
comment
2) This parameter can be set to CS-3 or CS-4 only if the CS-3/CS-4 feature has been bought by the Customer.
Logical name MAX_LAPDM HMI name MAX_LAPDM B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of LAPDm frames on which a layer 3 can be segmented into and be sent on Cell Type No
the main DCCH. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSS
Rec 3GPP TS 44.018 Application DTM Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 3 bits: Min value 5 Coded 0
000 : 5
001 : 6
.
111 : 12
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name MAX_LAPS HMI name MAX_LAPS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of logical data links on one physical link. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Only value "1" is possible, that means point-to-point connection. Min value 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_POW_INC HMI name MAX_POW_INC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum Power increase in one power command. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_POW_RED HMI name MAX_POW_RED B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum Power reduction in one power command. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Max_retrans (BSC) HMI name MAX_RETRANS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Min value 1 Coded 0
Mandatory Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Max 7 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_TRC_NUMBER HMI name MAX_TRC_NUMBER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of simultaneous trace jobs in the BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_VGCS_TS HMI name MAX_VGCS_TS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of radio timeslots that can be used by the VGCS calls in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation and management OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Mandatory - MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS Max 127 Coded 127
rulesRecommended - If EN_VGCS= enabled, then (MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the --
Recommended cell --
rules
External 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.
comment To support VGCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_VGCS_TS > 0
comment
Logical name MCC (BSC) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Set by Create Type Reference Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 3 digits BCD Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: Max 999 Coded 999
rulesRecommended - MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS). --
Recommended - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. --
rules - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own
PLMNs.
- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or
External The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
comment
Internal The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
comment catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines one MCC of the own PLMN set.
The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.
Logical name MCC(n) (BSC) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Country Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended - MCC(n) (BSC) = MCC(n) (MFS) --
Recommended - If the target and serving cells belong to the same BSC, the OMC-R shall ensure that the cells --
rules have the same (MCC,MNC) couple.
- If the target and serving cells belong to the same OMC-R, both (MCC,MNC) couples shall be
selected in the set of own PLMNs (but they do not have necessarily the same own PLMN).
- If the target cell is external to the OMC-R, the MCC is computed by the OMC-R as a function of
the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this case, the (MCC,MNC) couple of the target cell
can be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs.
The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that
Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6
External --
comment
Internal The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] or ForeignMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the
comment BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMCC[x] parameter
defines a MCC of the foreign PLMN set.
Logical name MCC_3G(n) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) for B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Country Code of a neighbour 3G cell of the own or of a foreign PLMN. 3G cell Cell Type
No
Instance 3G cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover Management OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Mandatory MCC_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (set at creation time, and not changeable except via Max 999 Coded 999
rulesRecommended delete/re-create) --
Recommended The MCC_3G is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the --
rules operator. In this case, the (MCC_3G,MNC_3G) couple of the target 3G cell must be selected in
the set of own or foreign PLMNs
MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell.
comment
Internal This parameter is a MR4 parameter .
comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] or ForeignMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the
BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMCC[x] parameter
defines a MCC of the foreign PLMN set.
Logical name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit %
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Cell Type No
Measurements Statistics. Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio Measurements OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Max 24 Coded 24
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Max 24 Coded 24
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8 Max 24 Coded 24
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio Measurements OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB
reference access
Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, , 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Coded 1
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 Max 62 Coded 125
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 Max 62 Coded 125
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9 Max 62 Coded 125
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio Measurements OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm
reference access
Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Min value -109 Coded 1
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 Max -48 Coded 62
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 Max -48 Coded 62
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9 Max -48 Coded 62
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Coded 1
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 < MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 Max 109 Coded 219
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 Max 109 Coded 219
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 Max 109 Coded 219
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio Measurements OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr
reference access
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_S1 < MEAS_STAT_S2 Max 127 Coded 127
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 > MEAS_STAT_S1 Max 127 Coded 127
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio measurements OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio measurements OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8 Max 127 Coded 127
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_TA_1 B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper limit of the first TA band, lower limit of the second TA band (for the RMS TA Cell Type No
measurements) Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec Radio Measurements OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit bper
reference access
Mandatory 0 < MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2 Max 62 Coded 62
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 2nd TA band, lower limit of the 3rd TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2 < MEAS_STAT_TA_3 Max 62 Coded 62
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 3rd TA band, lower limit of the 4th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 4th TA band, lower limit of the 5th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory MEAS_STAT_TA_8 < MEAS_STAT_TA_9 < 63 Max 62 Coded 62
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MIN_CONNECT_TIME HMI name MIN_CONNECT_TIME B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum connection time after a handover in an overlaid cell to declare the MS fast when Cell Type Yes
leaving the cell with a handover. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size=1sec Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
comment
Logical name MIN_VGCS_TS HMI name MIN_VGCS_TS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum number of radio timeslots that are reserved for the VGCS calls in the cell in normal Cell Type No
situation (point-to-point CS call can NOT use these timeslots). Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS Max 31 Coded 31
rulesRecommended - The following rules about the upper limit are recommended : Coded Def 0
Recommended - The following rules about the upper limit are recommended : Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules i) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK
<> 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 1: CCCH combined
ii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK
<> 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 0: CCCH not combined
iii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK
= 0 on BCCH TRX.
- If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled,

otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2
comment
comment
Logical name MNC (BSC) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Set by Create Type Reference Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended - MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS). --
PLMNs.
External The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
comment The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table.
MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111)
MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9).
Internal The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
comment catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set.
The migration rules and the handling of MNC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.
Logical name MNC(n) (BSC) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN or of a foreign PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended - MNC(n) (BSC) = MNC(n) (MFS) --
selected in the set of own PLMNs (they do not have necessarily the same own PLMN).
The migration rules and the handling of MNC parameter are described here assuming that
Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.
External --
comment
Internal The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] or ForeignMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the
comment BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMNC[x] parameter
defines a MNC of the foreign PLMN set.
Logical name MNC_3G(n) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) for B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Network Code of a neighbour 3G cell of the own PLMN or of a foreign PLMN. 3G cell Cell Type
No
Instance 3G cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover Management OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None
reference access
Mandatory MNC_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (set at creation time, and not changeable except via Max 999 Coded 999
rulesRecommended delete/re-create) --
Recommended The MNC_3G is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the --
rules operator. In this case, the (MCC_3G,MNC_3G) couple of the target 3G cell must be selected in
the set of own or foreign PLMNs.
MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell
comment The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table.
comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] or ForeignMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the
BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMNC[x] parameter
defines a MNC of the foreign PLMN set.
Logical name MS_P_CON_ACK HMI name MS_P_CON_ACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the MS Power Control procedure. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name MS_P_CON_INT HMI name MS_P_CON_INT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive MS power commands. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
reference access
Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm,...., 19: 5 dBm. Min value 5 Coded 19
GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35
dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm,..., 15: 0 dBm.
DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31:
32 dBm.
Mandatory MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Max 43 Coded 0
rules
External According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase
comment 2/onwards MS), the coded value 0, 1 and 2 are interpreted differently:
- Coded value 0: (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS);
- Coded value 2: (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS).
Internal 1) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded as 0) instead of the real default value
comment expressed in dBm (i.e., 43, 39, 30, 30, depending on the BCCH frequency band). By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default
values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band.
2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as 0.
However, the value coded as 1 or 2 may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Power control and radio link supervision OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
reference access
Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. Min value 5 Coded 19
dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
32 dBm.
Mandatory MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Max 43 Coded 0
rules
-Coded value 2: (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS).
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until Cell Type No
otherwise commanded. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
reference access
dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
32 dBm.
rules
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(BSC) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
Rec Application VGCS Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
reference access
dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ...,
15: 0 dBm.
rules
comment 1) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded as 0) instead of the real default value
expressed in dBm (i.e., 43, 39, 30, 30, depending on the BCCH frequency band). By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of a concentric or multiband cell. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
32 dBm.
Mandatory MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Max 43 Coded 0
rules
Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.

Internal 1) The coding rules of MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER depend on the inner zone frequency band. Therefore, in a multiband concentric cell, the
comment coding rules defined for MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER are different from the coding rules defined for MS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MIN,
which both apply to the outer zone frequency band.
2) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded as 0) instead of the real default value
expressed in dBm (i.e., 43, 39, 30, 30, depending on the BCCH frequency band). By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MIN HMI name MS_TXPWR_MIN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MS minimum allowed transmission power. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ...,13: 17 dBm,, 19: 5 dBm. Min value 5 Coded 19
dBm,..., 13: 17 dBm,, 19: 5 dBm.
DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,, 15: 0 dBm.
DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,, 15: 0 dBm,
30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.
Mandatory MS_TXPWR_MIN <= MS_TXPWR_MAX and Max 43 Coded 0
rulesRecommended MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN -- Coded Def 13
External The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:
comment Default value for P-GSM/G1: 17 dBm
Default value for GSM850: 17 dBm
Default value for DCS1800: 4 dBm
Logical name MSCR (BSC) HMI name MSCR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC Cell Type No
software. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 = MSC is release 98 or older; 1 = MSC is release 99 onwards Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the MS (MSC Release is broadcast in SI/PSI message) for upper layer protocol
comment between the MS and the MSC.Towards a MSC Release 99 (and newer), the MS is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or
CC messages to the MSC, transparently to the BSS (defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).
Logical name MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING HMI name WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition This flag indicates if the BSC sends a Q.704 TRA message upon first reception of SLTA from Cell Type No
the MSC. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec (SS7 parameter) OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0 : TRA not sent upon first SLTA reception, 1 : TRA sent upon first SLTA reception Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External This flag is set to 1 for interworking with a "White Book" MSC. It is set to 0 for interworking with a "Blue Book" MSC.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) HMI name MULTIBAND_REPORTING B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in Cell Type No
MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded over 2 bits: Min value 0 Coded 0
00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC,
irrespective of the band used;
01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of
the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;
10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in
each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;
11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in
each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell.
Mandatory Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) Max 3 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITIO HMI name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITI B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a ON Cell Type
No
multiband handover.
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N_AVG_I (BSC) HMI name N_AVG_I (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition N_AVG_I (BSC) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the SI13. The (E)GPRS MS uses it for Cell Type No
filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the packet Sub-syste BSC RMS No
transfer mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power control,
but also reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation. Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded on 4 bits Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to N_AVG_I (MFS) Max 15 Coded 15
rules
External --
comment
Internal The Default value 6 has been used by the simulations performed by R&I, see report UTR/C/03/0011/V1 for detail.
comment
Logical name N_BAD_SACCH HMI name N_BAD_SACCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of consecutive bad SACCH frames to trigger a rescue handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr
reference access
rulesRecommended 1) N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M + 1 Coded Def 4
Recommended 1) N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M + 1 Def value 4 Coded Def 4
rules
2) In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that
T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if
T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell
comment
Logical name N_BSTXPWR_M HMI name RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Counter threshold to trigger a radio link recovery. S Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr
reference access
Mandatory N_BSTXPWR_M < RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS Max 127 Coded 127
rules
External --
comment
Internal Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
comment
Logical name N_CLR_REQ HMI name NB_CLR_REQ B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of CLEAR REQUEST message transmission. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Call release OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N_PREF_CELLS HMI name NB_PREF_CELLS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of candidate cells sent in one HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Handover management OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N_TCH_HO HMI name N_TCH_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of less interfered Full Rate TCH reserved for handover. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N_threshold HMI name TCH load threshold for Auto AC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage for automatic barring of access classes. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Number of consecutive load averages used in traffic load evaluation process. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N1 HMI name Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one step B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are barred in one step. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of low priority access classes. Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N2 HMI name Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one step B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are unbarred in one step. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N200_GSL (BSC) HMI name N200_GSL (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to N200_GSL (MFS) Max 3 Coded 3
rulesRecommended T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) Coded Def 3
Recommended T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) Def value 3 Coded Def 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N200_OML (BSC) HMI name N200_OML (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions of a LAPD frame on an OML. Cell Type No
Instance A-bis link
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 5. Coded Def 12
Recommended The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 5. Def value 12 Coded Def 12
rules
External The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis connection type
comment The default value 12 corresponds to Abis terrestrial link.
Internal --
comment
Logical name N200_RSL (BSC) HMI name N200_RSL (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of retransmissions of a LAPD frame on a RSL. Cell Type No
Instance A-bis link
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended N200_RSL (BSC) = N200_RSL (BTS) + 2 Coded Def 12
Recommended N200_RSL (BSC) = N200_RSL (BTS) + 2 Def value 12 Coded Def 12
rules The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 5.
External The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis connection type
Internal --
comment
Logical name N201 (BSC) HMI name N201 (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N201_GSL (BSC) HMI name N201_GSL (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to N201_GSL (MFS) Max 65535 Coded 65535
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N2X4 HMI name N2X4 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of polling in case of peer entity busy condition. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: the polling continues forever until the status of the peer entity becomes non-busy again, <> Min value 0 Coded 0
0: after polling N2X4 times, LAPD re-establishment is forced
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_ HMI name Reserved Slots Number for Basic B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
CBCH CBCH Cell Type No
Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the
schedule period for basic CBCH. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory shall be set to "0" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Max 40 Coded 40
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extend HMI name Reserved Slots Number for B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
ed_CBCH Extended CBCH Cell Type No
Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the
schedule period for extended CBCH. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC) HMI name NB_TS_MPDCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in Cell Type No
the cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Mandatory 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; Max 4 Coded 4
rulesRecommended MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. --
Recommended --
rules 2) if the network_operation_mode (BSC) parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the
BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0
3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of
MAX_PDCH:
TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX.
4) When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0

External The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater through satellite
comment link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the following criteria:
* higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link;
* limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledged
protocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additional
signalling load due toTBF establishments when no MPDCH is established.
Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is:
* for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended;
* for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not recommended.
Internal 0: MPDCH is not configured in the cell;
comment 1: only one static primary MPDCH is configured in the cell;
2: one static primary MPDCH and one static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell;
3: one static primary MPDCH and two static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell;
4: one static primary MPDCH and three static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell.
Logical name NBLK HMI name NBLK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACK from the MSC is not Cell Type No
received. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 255: infinite transmission Min value 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP HMI name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of RESET CIRCUIT message repetitions when not acknowledged by the Cell Type No
MSC. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 255: RESET CIRCUIT message is indefinitely repeated Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name NBR_RESET_REP HMI name NBR_RESET_REP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of times the RESET message is sent without being acknowledged by the MSC before Cell Type No
an alarm is reported. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec BSS global reset OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules If NBR_RESET_REP = 0, RESET message is not sent Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 HMI name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 1. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 <= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 Coded Def 1
Recommended NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 <= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 HMI name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 >= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 Coded Def 2
Recommended NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 >= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 Def value 2 Coded Def 2
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NCC (BSC) HMI name NCC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Network Colour code of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to NCC (MFS) Max 7 Coded 7
rules
comment
comment
Logical name NCC_permitted HMI name NCC permitted B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates which NCC values the MS considers as belonging to the network. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Coded over 8 bits. each bit corresponds to a NCC value: MSB corresponds to NCC = 7, LSB Min value 0 Coded 0
corresponds to NCC = 0. For each bit:0= NCC not permitted, 1= NCC permitted
rules
comment
Internal This parameter was previously named: PLMN_permitted.
comment
Logical name NCI HMI name NCI B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it reports a HANDOVER FAILURE in case of out of range timing Cell Type No
advance. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Out of range timing advance is ignored, 1: Out of range timing advance triggers a Handover Min value 0 Coded 0
Failure procedure
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NECI (BSC) HMI name NECI (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new Cell Type No
GSM Phase 2 establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: not supported, 1: supported Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to NECI (MFS) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) HMI name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells for cause 13. Cell Type Yes
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name network_operation_mode (BSC) HMI name Network_mode_of_operation B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 Min value 1 Coded 1
== Network operation mode III.
Mandatory If the network_operation_mode (BSC) parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS Max 3 Coded 3
rulesRecommended must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 --
Recommended --
rules Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS).
External Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS.
comment NMO I requires a Gs interface.
Internal Corresponds to NMO in Sys info 13.
comment Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network operation mode I; 1 == Network operation mode II; 2 == Network operation mode III.
Logical name NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_CA HMI name NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_ B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
LL_THR CALL_THR Cell Type No
Definition If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall
be sent on FACCH of all other on-going VGCS call. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of other on-going VGCS calls
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR HMI name NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall Cell Type No
be sent on FACCH of all on-going point to point call whose MS is VGCS capable. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of all on going point to point calls in the cell
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name NOTIF_PCH_THR HMI name NOTIF_PCH_THR B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition The priority threshold for notification over PCH. Cell Type No
The BSS shall consider, for Notification/PCH, only VGCS-Calls which have a priority (eMLPP Sub-syste BSC RMS No
priority) not below this parameter. If more than one is selected, all these voice group calls
shall be notified on PCH and all with the same frequency of occurrence. Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
000 : deactivation of notification on PCH in the cell
rules
External --
comment
comment It is a CDM parameter
Logical name NUBLK HMI name NUBLK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACK from the MSC is not Cell Type No
received. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 255: infinite transmission Min value 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO HMI name NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of full rate TCH reserved for incoming emergency handovers (plus Cause 12 and Cell Type No
Cause 27 handovers). Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External The Pre-emption procedure (in case EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled) might use these reserved TCHs in order to avoid releasing an
comment on-going call unnecessarily.
Internal --
comment
Logical name NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS HMI name NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the maximum number of blocks usable for NCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
Rec 3GPP TS 44.018 Application VGCS Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory if EN_VGCS is enabled : Max 7 Coded 7
rulesRecommended - BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS --
Recommended - if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS --
rules
External The parameter is significant when EN_VGCS is enabled
comment
comment
Logical name NY1 HMI name NY_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec External channel changes OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Mandatory For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. Max 35 Coded 35
rulesRecommended For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. Coded Def 20
Recommended For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. Def value 20 Coded Def 20
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name NY2 HMI name NY2 B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of repetitions for the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during an uplink Cell Type No
access procedure Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
Rec 3GPP TS 44.018 Application VGCS Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Logical name OFFSET_CA_HIGH HMI name OFFSET_CA_HIGH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under high load. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 7 coded as 70) Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Max 7 Coded 70
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL HMI name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under normal load. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Max 7 Coded 70
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER HMI name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset which allows to take into account the radio differences between the inner and the outer Cell Type No
zone (especially in multiband cells). Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Offset_Hopping_HO HMI name OFFSET_HOPPING_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset applied in the handover quality causes for radio hopping channels. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_H and L_RXQUAL_DL_H
comment
Logical name Offset_Hopping_PC HMI name OFFSET_HOPPING_PC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset applied in the power control quality causes for hopping radio channels. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_P and L_RXQUAL_DL_P
comment
Logical name OPC HMI name BSC Signalling Point Code B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signalling Point Code of the BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec (SS7 parameter) OMC-R Changeable Type Reference Unit None
reference access
rules
External Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC for adressing the BSC.
comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Internal --
comment
Logical name Operator HMI name CBC_Operator B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Identifies the CBC operator. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC Min value 0 Coded 0
interface . BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of
the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters
from the retrieved BSC value.
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) HMI name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum received level from umbrella cell n to allow handover cause level uplink micro-cell Cell Type Yes
or level downlink micro-cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer.
comment Used to prevent indoor MS going to umbrella.
CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name PAG_BAR HMI name PAGING B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition This flag indicates if transmission of Pagings is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Paging & access grant control OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: Pagings are not barred, 1: Pagings are barred Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External this flag can be used by an operator to temporarily prevent phones from ringing in specific cells
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PAN_DEC (BSC) HMI name PAN_DEC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received Cell Type No
before MS timer T3182. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to PAN_DEC (MFS) Max 7 Coded 7
rules
External --
comment
Internal When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection
comment
Logical name PAN_INC (BSC) HMI name PAN_INC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to PAN_INC (MFS) Max 7 Coded 7
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PAN_MAX (BSC) HMI name PAN_MAX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001, , 111 Min value 4 Coded 4
Mandatory Equal to PAN_MAX (MFS) Max 32 Coded 32
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name Password HMI name CBC_Password B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CBC password. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC Min value 0 Coded 0
interface. BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of
the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters
from the retrieved BSC value.
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC) HMI name PC_MEAS_CHAN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level Cell Type No
on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH1 : downlink Min value 0 Coded 0
measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH
Mandatory Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS). Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Coded Def 1
Recommended PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PENALTY_TIME(BSC) HMI name PENALTY_TIME B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and Min value 20 Coded 0
cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value
rules
External --
comment
Internal Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type.
comment The Max value (620 seconds) is coded as 30. Nevertheless the coded value 31 is allowed by the 3GPP TS 05.08 (meaning: TEMPORARY
OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value). As consequence the range [0,31] (encoded with a step size of 1)
shall be used in the CAE template.
Logical name PENALTY_TIME(n)(BSC) HMI name PENALTY_TIME B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type.
The Max value (620 seconds) is coded as 30. Nevertheless the coded value 31 is allowed by the 3GPP TS 05.08 (meaning: TEMPORARY
OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value). As consequence the range [0,31] (encoded with a step size of 1)
shall be used in the CAE template.
Logical name PING_PONG_HCP HMI name PING_PONG_HANDICAP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition A transient handicap is applied to power budget of previous cell to avoid a ping-pong effect. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC HMI name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands Min value 0 Coded 0
1: GSM850 and DCS1800 bands
4,...,255: for future use
This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency band
Mandatory PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) Max 3 Coded 3
rulesRecommended --
Recommended The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and --
rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters:
- At cell creation
and DCS1800 bands",
External --
comment
Internal The value sent by the OMC-R to the BSC corresponds to the value of the OMC-R changeable parameter, defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
comment catalogue document
Logical name POW_INC_FACTOR HMI name POW_INC_FACTOR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weighting factor for power increase. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended POW_INC_FACTOR >= POW_RED_FACTOR Coded Def 8
Recommended POW_INC_FACTOR >= POW_RED_FACTOR Def value 0.8 Coded Def 8
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name POW_INC_STEP_SIZE HMI name POW_INC_STEP_SIZE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Power increase step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB, ..., 7: 14 dB Min value 2 Coded 1
rulesRecommended POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE Coded Def 3
Recommended POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE Def value 6 Coded Def 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name POW_RED_FACTOR HMI name POW_RED_FACTOR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weighting factor for power reduction. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended POW_RED_FACTOR <= POW_INC_FACTOR Coded Def 5
Recommended POW_RED_FACTOR <= POW_INC_FACTOR Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE HMI name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Power reduction step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB Min value 2 Coded 1
rulesRecommended POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE Coded Def 1
Recommended POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE Def value 2 Coded Def 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name POWER_OFFSET_IND HMI name POWER_OFFSET_IND B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates to the MS whether or not POWER_OFFSET parameter is present in Cell Type No
System Information. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: POWER_OFFSET not present, 1: POWER_OFFSET present Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External This parameter relates to support of DCS-1800 4W MS.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PREFERRED_BAND HMI name PREFERRED_BAND B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Frequency band to which the multiband MS are preferentially directed. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: none, 1: GSM, 2: DCS Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PRIO_THR HMI name LSA_PRIO_THR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12 dB, 3 = 18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = Min value 0 Coded 0
30 dB, 6 = 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB).
rules
External The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS.
comment The maximum and default values correspond to an infinite threshold.
Internal At the OMC, do not display 42dB as maximum value, but infinity.
comment
Logical name PRIORITY(0,n) HMI name Candidate cell priority B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD HMI name Allowed priority classes B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
(BSC) Cell Type No
Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do Packet
access. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access allowed for Min value 0 Coded 0
priority level 1; 100: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access allowed
for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4
Mandatory Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS) Max 6 Coded 6
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PROT_MON HMI name PROT_MON B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the protocol error Cell Type No
counter is reset. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PROT_TH HMI name PROT_TH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Protocol error threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX HMI name PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates whether or not the PS requests shall be preferentially served with PDCH(s) of the Cell Type No
BCCH TRX Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: No preference. The TRX ranking algorithm handles the BCCH TRX as a non-BCCH TRX. Min value 0 Coded 0
1: PS requests preferentially served on BCCH TRX. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures that
the BCCH TRX has the highest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can
carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX).
2 : PS requests served on BCCH TRX with lowest priority. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures
that the BCCH TRX has the lowest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX
can carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX).
rulesRecommended If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, Alcatel Coded Def 0
Recommended If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, Alcatel Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules recommend to set this parameter to 0 in order to reduce the likelihood of having to reduce
the GMSK output power (see external comment).
If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, setting this parameter to 0 does not
reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power since PS capable TRXs
will hop on the BCCH carrier.
External When set to 1 or '2', this parameter is only relevant if the BCCH TRX supports PS traffic (i.e. if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on the BCCH TRX).
comment If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, if the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic and if the BCCH TRX is
associated to a TRE hardware allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers
between GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or
4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined on timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX).
If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GMSK
and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or 4 dB if timeslot
number 7 is not part of the PDCH groups).
Internal The value '2' is supported from BSC MR4.
comment
Logical name PWRC (BSC) HMI name PWRC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it includes measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of Cell Type No
frequency hopping channel. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency are included, 1: measurements made on BCCH Min value 0 Coded 0
frequency are not included.
Mandatory Equal to PWRC (MFS) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Q703_N1 HMI name Q703_N1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec (SS7 parameter) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Q703_N2 HMI name Q703_N2 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec (SS7 parameter) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit bytes
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Q703_T1 HMI name Q703_T1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MTP2 timer alignment ready. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec (SS7 parameter) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition MTP2 timer not aligned. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition MTP2 timer aligned. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Q703_T4E HMI name Q703_T4E B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MTP2 Emergency proving period. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0.4 Coded 4
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Q703_T4N HMI name Q703_T4N B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MTP2 Normal proving period. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition MTP2 timer sending SIB. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec (SS7 parameter) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition MTP2 timer remote congestion. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6 Max 6 Coded 60
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition MTP2 timer excessive delay of acknowledgement. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External In case of a Ater satellite connection, this parameter is set to 2 seconds by the BSC.
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeover acknowledgement. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (first attempt). Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (second attempt). Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of signalling link test acknowledgement. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6 Max 12 Coded 120
Recommended -- Def value 6,4 Coded Def 64
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition MTP3 delay between transmission of consecutive signalling link test message. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Qsearch(BSC) HMI name Qsearch B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the Cell Type No
serving cell is below or above the threshold. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC Min value -98 Coded 0
0: -98: -98 dBm (below)
1: -94: -94 dBm (below)
2: -90: -90dBm (below)
3: -86: -86dBm (below)
4: -82: -82 dBm (below)
5: -78: -78 dBm (below)
6: -74: -74 dBm (below)
7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells
8: -78: -78 dBm (above)
9: -74: -74 dBm (above)
10: -70: -70 dBm (above)
11: -66: -66 dBm (above)
12: -62: -62 dBm (above)
13: -58: -58 dBm (above)
14: -54: -54 dBm (above)
15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells
Mandatory Equal to Qsearch(MFS) Max -50 Coded 15
rulesRecommended In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. always search for 3G Coded Def 15
Recommended In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. always search for 3G Def value -50 Coded Def 15
rules neighbour cells.
External This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to always search for 3G neighbour cells) or
comment above (-78 dBm to never search for neighbour cells) the threshold.
This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal to Qsearch_I when
broadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P when broadcast on PBCCH (See TS 05.18).
Internal This parameter is not relevant from MR4.
comment
The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 70 (resp. 50), but the corresponding text always search for 3G neighbour
cells (resp. never search for 3G neighbour cells).
Logical name Qsearch_C HMI name Qsearch_C B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells in dedicated mode depending whether the received Cell Type No
signal level of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
0: -98: -98 dBm (below)
1: -94: -94 dBm (below)
2: -90: -90dBm (below)
3: -86: -86dBm (below)
4: -82: -82 dBm (below)
5: -78: -78 dBm (below)
6: -74: -74 dBm (below)
8: -78: -78 dBm (above)
9: -74: -74 dBm (above)
10: -70: -70 dBm (above)
11: -66: -66 dBm (above)
12: -62: -62 dBm (above)
13: -58: -58 dBm (above)
14: -54: -54 dBm (above)
rulesRecommended In a cell where at least one 2G to 3G adjacency has been defined, Qsearch_C =-70, i.e. Coded Def 7
Recommended In a cell where at least one 2G to 3G adjacency has been defined, Qsearch_C =-70, i.e. Def value -70 Coded Def 7
rules always search for 3G neighbour cells
This parameter is broadcast on SACCH
comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 70 (resp. 50), but the corresponding text always search for 3G neighbour
cells (resp. never search for 3G
neighbour cells).
Logical name Qsearch_I HMI name Qsearch_I B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the Cell Type No
serving cell is below or above the threshold. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
0: -98: -98 dBm (below)
1: -94: -94 dBm (below)
2: -90: -90dBm (below)
3: -86: -86dBm (below)
4: -82: -82 dBm (below)
5: -78: -78 dBm (below)
6: -74: -74 dBm (below)
8: -78: -78 dBm (above)
9: -74: -74 dBm (above)
10: -70: -70 dBm (above)
11: -66: -66 dBm (above)
12: -62: -62 dBm (above)
13: -58: -58 dBm (above)
14: -54: -54 dBm (above)
rulesRecommended In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_I =-70, i.e. always search for 3G Coded Def 15
Recommended In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_I =-70, i.e. always search for 3G Def value -50 Coded Def 15
rules neighbour cells
This parameter is broadcast on BCCH
comment
Logical name Qsearch_P HMI name Qsearch_P B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells in GPRS depending whether the received level average of Cell Type No
the serving cell is below or above the threshold Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
0: -98: -98 dBm (below)
1: -94: -94 dBm (below)
2: -90: -90dBm (below)
3: -86: -86dBm (below)
4: -82: -82 dBm (below)
5: -78: -78 dBm (below)
6: -74: -74 dBm (below)
8: -78: -78 dBm (above)
9: -74: -74 dBm (above)
10: -70: -70 dBm (above)
11: -66: -66 dBm (above)
12: -62: -62 dBm (above)
13: -58: -58 dBm (above)
14: -54: -54 dBm (above)
rulesRecommended In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_P =-70, i.e. always search for 3G Coded Def 15
Recommended In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_P =-70, i.e. always search for 3G Def value -50 Coded Def 15
rules neighbour cells
comment above (-78 dBm to never search for neighbour cells) the threshold in GPRS.
This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
comment
Logical name QUEUE_ANYWAY HMI name Forced_Queuing B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requests when queuing is not Cell Type No
allowed by the MSC. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal If Queue_Anyway = disabled and the queuing is not allowed by the MSC neither, calls with pre-emption capability might be queued
comment nevertheless if EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled.
Logical name RA_CODE (BSC) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Routing Area Code for GPRS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been set by the operator. Min value -1 Coded 0
Mandatory - Equal to RA_CODE (MFS) Max 255 Coded 255
rulesRecommended - A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same --
Recommended RA_CODE when they are PS capable --
rules
comment
Internal Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the OMC may initially set the value -1.
comment -1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered by OMC-R since "-1" is out of the parameters range
(see BSS MIB).
Logical name RA_COLOUR HMI name Routing Area Colour for GPRS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Routing Area Colour for GPRS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. the initial special value -1 means that the RA codecolour has not yet been Min value 0 Coded 0
valued by the network provider.
rules
External Default value depends on the configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
comment
Internal Transported in 04.18 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3/4 messages.
comment
Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the OMC may initially set the value -1.
"-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered
Logical name RACH_BUSY_THRES HMI name RACH_BUSY_THRES B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Received level above which a RACH TS is deemed busy. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Radio measurements OMC-R Displayed Type Threshold Unit dBm
reference access
Coding rules This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows: Min value -110 Coded 1
1: -110 dBm
5: -106 dBm
9: -102 dBm
13: -98 dBm
17: -94 dBm
21: -90 dBm
25: -86 dBm
29: -82 dBm
33: -78 dBm
37: -74 dBm
41: -70 dBm
45: -66 dBm
49: -62 dBm
53: -58 dBm
57: -54 dBm
61: -50 dBm
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER HMI name CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Period over which CCCH load measurements are made. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Radio measurements OMC-R Displayed Type Timer Unit 51mfr
reference access
Coding rules step size=1 Min value 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT Coded Def 32
Recommended RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT Def value 32 Coded Def 32
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) HMI name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Cell Type No
filtering. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Radio & link establishment OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit bper
reference access
Coding rules 64: no filtering Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS). Max 64 Coded 64
rulesRecommended Disable the filtering for extended cells. Coded Def 64
Recommended Disable the filtering for extended cells. Def value 64 Coded Def 64
rules
External One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing
comment Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded.
Internal --
comment
Logical name RACHRT HMI name CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOAD INDICATION messages. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Radio measurements OMC-R Displayed Type Timer Unit 51mfr
reference access
Coding rules step size=1 (51mfr) Min value 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER Coded Def 255
Recommended RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER Def value 255 Coded Def 255
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr
reference access
Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Min value 4 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) Max 64 Coded 15
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS HMI name RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr
reference access
Mandatory RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS > N_BSTXPWR_M Max 128 Coded 128
rules
External --
comment
Internal Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.
comment
Logical name RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) HMI name Highest BA range ARFCNs B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in BA Range Information Element. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Max 1023 Coded 1023
rules
External RANGEi_HIGHER = -1 means that it shall not be included in BA Range IE.
comment Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of
end of BA Range)
Internal --
comment
Logical name RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) HMI name Lowest BA range ARFCNs B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in BA Range Information Element. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 16 bits. Min value -1 Coded -1
Mandatory RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Max 1023 Coded 1023
rules
External RANGEi_LOWER = -1 means that it shall not be included in BA Range IE
comment Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of
end of BA Range)
Internal --
comment
Logical name RE HMI name CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Call release OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: allowed, 1: not allowed Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name RESET_INDEFINITE HMI name RESET_INDEFINITE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag determines whether or not the RESET message shall be sent indefinitely (as long as Cell Type No
it is not acknowledged). Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec BSS global reset OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: RESET message is sent a maximum of NBR_RESET_REP times, 1: The Reset procedure Min value 0 Coded 0
is repeated until a RESET or RESET ACK message is received.
rules
comment
Internal Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0.
comment
Logical name RESP_REQ HMI name RESP_REQ B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag controls Response request OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: IE not included, 1: IE included Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to include the Coded Def 0
Recommended When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to include the Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules Response Request in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ).
comment For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is
triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EXT_DR is set to enabled in order to get a Handover
Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures.
Internal --
comment
Logical name RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX HMI name RMS_TEMPLATE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Template of values of RMS parameters to be applied to the concerned cell (concerns the Cell Type No
parameters MEAS_STAT_C_Ix, MEAS_STAT_BFIx, MEAS_STAT_LEVx, Sub-syste BSC RMS No
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALx, MEAS_STAT_Sx, EN_BALANCED_CI, VQ_AVERAGE,
VQ_BAD_RXFER, VQ_FER_THRESHOLD, VQ_GOOD_RXFER, VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD, Instance cell
VQ_RXLEV, VQ_RXQUAL, VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER).
reference domain y
Spec Radio measurements OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules coded from 1 to 16 Min value 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal The parameter is a CELL attribute, it is the reference to one of the 16 RMS templates at the beginning of the definition field.
comment
Logical name RNC_ID(n) HMI name RNC_ID(n) B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates the RNC Identifier as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401. It is used in HO Cell Type No
Required message sent to the MSC. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance 3G cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules binary value on 12 bits. Min value 0 Coded 0
The value of -1 indicates that no RNCid is provided by the operator (the default value,
indicated here, is for implementation purposes).
Mandatory MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell Max 4095 Coded 4095
rulesRecommended --
Recommended RNC_ID(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from -1) --
rules
comment
comment
Logical name ROT HMI name ROT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include Time Difference IE in HANDOVER Cell Type No
COMPLETE. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is NOT included in HANDOVER COMPLETE, Min value 0 Coded 0
1: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is included in HANDOVER COMPLETE
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC) HMI name RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC) B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum delay for sending a RR acknowledgement frame on RSL and GSL. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec LAPD management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory The value of this parameter shall be lower than T200 (BSC) Max 200 Coded 2
rules
External This parameter is used only with the Mx BSC for both terrestrial and satellite links.
comment
comment
Logical name RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC) HMI name RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC) B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec LAPD management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
Mandatory The value of this parameter shall be lower than T200 (BSC) Max 200 Coded 2
rules
External This parameter is used only with the Mx BSC for both terrestrial and satellite links.
comment
comment
Logical name RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC) HMI name RR_ALLOC_PERIOD B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter allows to tune the time between two sendings of the BSCGP RR Allocation Cell Type No
Indication messages. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Not linked to a document OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal The time between two sendings of the RR Allocation Indication messages is TCH_INFO_PERIOD * RR_ALLOC_PERIOD seconds.
comment
Logical name RSL_RATE (BSC) HMI name RSL_RATE (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Rate used on all RSL links towards a BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Deduced from O&M parameter: BSI-Link-Type
comment
Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Min value -110 Coded 0
Mandatory RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Max -47 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
reference access
Mandatory RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Max -47 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name RXLEV_DL_IH HMI name RXLEV_DL_IH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Downlink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad Cell Type Yes
downlink quality. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Min value -110 Coded 0
Mandatory RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H Max -47 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name RXLEV_DL_ZONE HMI name RXLEV_DL_ZONE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or Coded Def 39
Recommended If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or Def value -71 Coded Def 39
rules DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900:
RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
comment
Logical name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO HMI name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on the downlink received level above which it is not necessary to trigger a handover Cell Type Yes
on power budget (cause 12). Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits:0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Min value -110 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name RXLEV_UL_IH HMI name RXLEV_UL_IH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Uplink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad Cell Type Yes
uplink quality. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H Max -47 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name RXLEV_UL_ZONE HMI name RXLEV_UL_ZONE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or Coded Def 32
Recommended If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = PGSM or Def value -78 Coded Def 32
rules DCS1800 or EGSM or DCS 1900:
RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
comment
Logical name RXLEVmin(n) HMI name RXLEV_MIN_n B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum level received from cell n to allow reception of handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH HMI name Schedule Period for Basic CBCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the basic CBCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit CBper
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Schedule_period_for_extended_C HMI name Schedule period for Extended B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
BCH CBCH Cell Type No
Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the extended CBCH.
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit CBper
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) HMI name SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates the Primary Scrambling Code as defined in 3GPP TS 25.213 Cell Type No
Instance 3G cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules binary value on 9 bits. Min value 0 Coded 0
The value of -1 indicates that no scrambling code is provided by the operator (the default
value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes).
Mandatory EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n) can be True only if SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) <> -1 Max 511 Coded 511
rulesRecommended SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from -1) -- Coded Def -1
rules Def value -1 Coded Def -1
comment
comment
Logical name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD HMI name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules 8 bits, step size=1sec Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SDCCH_COUNTER HMI name SDCCH_COUNTER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which SDCCH handovers are forbidden after completion of the Immediate Cell Type No
Assignment procedure. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover management OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit 2 x Samfr
reference access
rulesRecommended SDCCH_COUNTER <= T_SDCCH_PC Coded Def 3
Recommended SDCCH_COUNTER <= T_SDCCH_PC Def value 3 Coded Def 3
rules
External 0 means that SDCCH handover is immediately allowed after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY HMI name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is high. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY HMI name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is low. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SLC HMI name Signalling Link Code B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signalling Link Code. Cell Type No
Instance N7 ch
reference domain y
Spec (SS7 parameter) OMC-R Displayed Type Reference Unit None
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SMS_INHIBIT HMI name SMS_INHIBIT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables/disables SMS support. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Short message service point-to-point OMC-R None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SMSCB_Features_set HMI name SMSCB_Features_Set B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates which features are usable with the SMSCB product. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 1: Features set 1, 2: Features set 2 Min value 1 Coded 1
Mandatory Can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE = "inactive". Max 2 Coded 2
rulesRecommended If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then CBC_Window shall be equal to "1"- If --
Recommended SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then SMSCB_Recovery shall be set to "No"- If --
rules SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Use_of_Extended_CBCH shall be set
to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells
External When migrating from FS1 to FS2,
comment USE_OF_EXTENDED_CBCH shall be set to "Yes",
CBC_WINDOW shall be set to 4.
Internal --
comment
Logical name SMSCB_Mode HMI name SMSCB_Mode B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter enables to select the mode of operation, either OMC-R or CBC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R Displayed Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: OMC-R, 1: CBC Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
comment
Logical name SMSCB_Phase HMI name SMSCB_Phase B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates whether the feature operates in GSM Phase2 or Phase 2+ mode. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Phase 2, 1: Phase 2+ Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS1", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2" Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS2", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2+" --
Recommended SMSCB_Phase can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" --
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SMSCB_Recovery HMI name SMSCB_Recovery B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates if the CBC accepts the recovery-indication in Restart-Indication Cell Type No
message. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: No, 1: Yes Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" -- Coded Def 0
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SMSCB_State HMI name SMSCB_State B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates if the feature is activated or deactivated. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R Displayed Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: activated, 1: deactivated Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal From B7.2 onwards, OMC3 displays values "activated"/"deactivated" whatever the release of the BSC.
comment
Logical name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) HMI name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell Min value 0 Coded 0
1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell
Mandatory Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SSF HMI name SSF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling Point Code. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
Rec ITU-T Q.704 Application GSM Categor Network (CDE)
reference domain y
Spec (SS7 parameter) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value = 0, international network; Min value 0 Coded 0
Value = 4, Spare, reserved for international use; Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 ,
Reserved for national use
rules
External SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for Network Indicator and 2 spare bits.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name START_UPLINK_REPLY HMI name START_UPLINK_REPLY B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Cell Type No
Request bit set to L) during the initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. before sending Sub-syste BSC RMS No
the first UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H)
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true.
comment
Logical name STRIP_O5_CM2 HMI name Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag controls the format of the Classmark 2 IE sent to the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: no modification on Classmark2 IE, 1: octet 5 of Classmark2 IE is stripped out Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T(conn est) HMI name T(conn est) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Connection Confirm message. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio & link establishment OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Mandatory T(conn est) < T9105 Max 127.5 Coded 255
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T(iar) HMI name T(iar) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SCCP timer supervising the activity on SCCP connection. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec (SS7 parameter) OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size = 6sec Min value 402 Coded 67
rulesRecommended Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSC Coded Def 167
Recommended Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSC Def value 1002 Coded Def 167
rules
External --
comment
Internal Internally, the OMC uses values in the range 402000..1530000, (ie in msec)
comment
Logical name T(ias) HMI name T(ias) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SCCP timer supervising the sending of Inactivity Test message. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSC Coded Def 75
Recommended Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSC Def value 450 Coded Def 75
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T(rel) HMI name T(rel) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Release Complete message. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.5sec, coded from 16 to 255, 16 == 8 sec, 255 == 127.5 sec Min value 8 Coded 16
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T(sst) HMI name T(sst) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SCCP delay between sending of consecutive Subsystem Status Test messages. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_ALLOC_BTS HMI name T_ALLOC_BTS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer controlling the allocation/deallocation of GCHs in the BTS Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation and management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP HMI name Autocleaning_Timer B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation and management OMC-R Displayed Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rulesRecommended In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that Coded Def 40
Recommended In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that Def value 40 Coded Def 40
rules T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if
T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.
External T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0 inhibits the autocleaning procedure.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_AVG_T (BSC) HMI name T_AVG_T B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to T_AVG_T (MFS) Max 25 Coded 25
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_AVG_W (BSC) HMI name T_AVG_W B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to T_AVG_W (MFS) Max 25 Coded 25
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_BIND_CNF HMI name T_BIND_CNF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response to a CBSE-BIND primitive. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_BTS_EST_CNF HMI name T_BTS_EST_CNF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Short message service point-to-point OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_BTS_RLS_CNF HMI name T_BTS_RLS_CNF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Short message service point-to-point OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_BURST HMI name T_BURST B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between consecutive bursts of BLOCK or UNBLOCK messages. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size =0.1 sec Min value 0.1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short Coded Def 20
Recommended (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short Def value 2 Coded Def 20
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_CBC_READY HMI name T_CBC_READY B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connect to the CBC before Cell Type No
issueing an alarm or returning CMD-MODE Resp. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size: 1 sec Min value 10 Coded 10
rulesRecommended T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT Coded Def 300
Recommended T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT Def value 300 Coded Def 300
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_CONNECT HMI name T_CONNECT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the value of TIMER_T_CONNECT which is used by L4E_CONV during outgoing X.25 Cell Type No
call setup association setup towards the CBC to protect against absence of CECNF from the Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Network layer.
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size: 1 sec Min value 10 Coded 10
rulesRecommended T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT Coded Def 30
Recommended T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT Def value 30 Coded Def 30
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter is described in document 3BK 11202 0329 DSZZA.
comment
Logical name T_COUNT_I HMI name T_COUNT_I B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_DELAY HMI name T_DELAY B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delays the reestablishment of RSL link by the BSC in order that FU restart can finish. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended T_DELAY >= T203 + 2x (N200+1)xT200 (T_DELAY must be greater than the time needed Coded Def 10
Recommended T_DELAY >= T203 + 2x (N200+1)xT200 (T_DELAY must be greater than the time needed Def value 10 Coded Def 10
rules for the FU to detect the Abis link failure)
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_DELAY_GSL HMI name T_DELAY_GSL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer for LAPD re-establishment after a LAPD failure. This timer gives the delay between two Cell Type No
LAPD establishment attempts. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
Rec Application GPRS Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD HMI name T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer to define the delay before an dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot will be de-allocated once all of Cell Type No
its SDCCH sub-channels are in the free state. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation and management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_FILTER HMI name HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarm condition is detected. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit 2 x Samfr
reference access
Coding rules step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s, 1: 0.96s, , 31: 29.76s Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_GPRS_Resume HMI name T_GPRS_Resume B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used by BSC, to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN before releasing the Cell Type No
CS channel. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
Rec 3GPP TS 24.008 Application GPRS Categor Network (CDE)
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec, coded from 2 to 50 Min value 0.2 Coded 2
Mandatory T_GPRS_Resume < T3240 (10s) Max 5 Coded 50
rulesRecommended T_GPRS_Resume > (BSSGP_T4 * (Resume_retries+1)) Coded Def 10
Recommended T_GPRS_Resume > (BSSGP_T4 * (Resume_retries+1)) Def value 1 Coded Def 10
rules
is carried through Ater satellite links:
- T_GPRS_RESUME = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the
cells of the MFS,
- T_GPRS_RESUME = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least
one cell of the MFS.
External T3240 is a MS timer see 3GPP TS 24.008
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_GSL_ACK (BSC) HMI name T_GSL_ACK_BSC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended T_GSL_Ack(BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) Coded Def 50
Recommended T_GSL_Ack(BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) Def value 5 Coded Def 50
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_HCP HMI name T_HCP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which PING_PONG_HCP is applied after handover. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size= 1sec Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_HO_REQD_LOST HMI name T_HO_REQD_LOST B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the MSC response after sending of HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec External channel changes OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Mandatory T_HO_REQD_LOST > T7 Max 120 Coded 120
rulesRecommended T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum time for external handover Coded Def 30
Recommended T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum time for external handover Def value 30 Coded Def 30
rules execution
External Depends on MSC type
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_i HMI name T_i B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Reset procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec BSS global reset OMC-R Displayed Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_IA HMI name T_IA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the maximum time a CS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message remains in the AGCH Cell Type No
queue. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Paging & access grant control OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Mandatory T_IA<T3101 Max 5 Coded 50
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_INHIBIT_CPT HMI name T_INHIBIT_CPT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which the HO Causes 14, 21, and 24 are inhibited. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External T_INHIBIT_CPT = 0 inhibits the anti ping-pong function.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_INTRF_L3 HMI name RF_RES_IND_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between two consecutive RF RESOURCE INDICATION. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation & management OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Mandatory T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) & T_INTRF_L3 > INTAVE Max 180 Coded 180
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_LB_OV HMI name T_LB_OV B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to FU overload. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_LCS_RESTART (BSC) HMI name T_LCS_RESTART_BSC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BSC timer to guard the response from the SMLC in case of LCS Restart procedure (i.e. Cell Type No
initialisation procedure). Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
Rec None Application LCS Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec LCS Functional Specification OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_Loc_abort HMI name T_Loc_abort B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BSC timer supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location Abort. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec LCS Functional Specification OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rulesRecommended T_Loc_abort < T_Location Coded Def 20
Recommended T_Loc_abort < T_Location Def value 2 Coded Def 20
rules
External The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1.
comment
Internal The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Loc_abort in case of LCS abort procedure towards the SMLC.
comment
Logical name T_Location HMI name T_Location B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location Cell Type No
request, when no RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Max 300 Coded 3000
rulesRecommended - Coded Def 150
Recommended - Def value 15 Coded Def 150
rules
External The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1.
comment
Internal The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Location_Longer in case of RRLP message flow between the SMLC and the MS.
comment
Logical name T_Location_Longer HMI name T_Location_Longer B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location Cell Type No
request, when a RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended T_Location_Longer > T_Location Coded Def 30
Recommended T_Location_Longer > T_Location Def value 30 Coded Def 30
rules
External The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1, and replaces T_Location timer in case of Conventional GPS, MS Assisted A-GPS
comment and MS Based A-GPS positioning methods.
Internal The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Location_Longer in case of RRLP message flow between the SMLC and the MS.
comment
Logical name T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) HMI name T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Duration of the MPDCH establishment procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Paging and Access Grant control OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Mandatory Equal to T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (MFS) Max 60 Coded 60
rulesRecommended This covers the maximum time taken by MS to become aware of a new cell configuration Coded Def 30
Recommended This covers the maximum time taken by MS to become aware of a new cell configuration Def value 30 Coded Def 30
rules
External --
comment
Internal Needed for MPDCH feature
comment
Logical name T_MS_CELL_REJ HMI name T_MS_CELL_REJ B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay where the cells the MS failed to handover, cannot be selected as targets in subsequent Cell Type No
handover attempts. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Handover management OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY HMI name T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This Timer is used to delay the Multiple SACCH Info Modify and the VGCS_ADD_INFO in order Cell Type No
to give the MS a chance to receive the immediately transmitted VGCS_ADD_INFO/FACCH and Sub-syste BSC RMS No
SI6 messages
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_OVL_MSC HMI name T_OVL_MSC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messages sent to the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_PAG_CS (BSC) HMI name T_PAG_CS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Cell Type No
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to T_PAG_CS (MFS) Max 25.5 Coded 255
rulesRecommended T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Coded Def 30
Recommended T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Def value 3 Coded Def 30
rules
External --
comment
Internal round trip delay between MSC and BTS
comment
Logical name T_PAG_PS (BSC) HMI name T_PAG_PS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Cell Type No
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to T_PAG_PS (MFS) Max 25.5 Coded 255
rulesRecommended T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Coded Def 30
Recommended T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Def value 3 Coded Def 30
rules
External --
comment
Internal round trip delay between SGSN and BTS
comment
Logical name T_PDA HMI name T_PDA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a DL TBF establishment Cell Type No
on PCH remains in the PCH queue. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Paging & access grant control OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Mandatory The T_PDA parameter is computed by the OMC as follows: Max 5 Coded 50
rulesRecommended T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch, or equivalently, --
Recommended --
rules T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=2
T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=3
T_PDA = 2400 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=9.
Def value 1.4 Coded Def 14
External --
comment
Internal The T_PDA parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the BS_PA_MFRMS parameter.The T_PDA parameter is not
comment displayed to the O&M user.
Logical name T_PUA HMI name T_PUA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a UL or DL TBF Cell Type No
establishment on AGCH remains in the AGCH queue. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Paging & access grant control OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Mandatory The T_PUA parameter is computed by the OMC as follows: Max 5 Coded 50
rulesRecommended T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch (See the table below) --
Recommended --
rules AG_PREMPT_PCH/BCCH_EXT/CCCH_CONF/BS_AG_BLKS_RES/T_GPRS_agch_queuing_
max (ms)/Comments
Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/
Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/
Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowed
Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/2000/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/Not allowed
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/
m template
Min
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/6/600/ value Max
Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowed
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/600/
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/600/ Def value 0.8 Coded Def 8
External Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/600/ --
comment Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/600/
Internal Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/600/ The T_PUA parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the AG_PREMPT_PCH, BCCH_EXT,
CCCH_CONF and
comment Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/6/600/ BS_AG_BLKS_RES parameters. The T_PUA parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/
Logical name T_qho HMI name T_QHO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum queuing time for Handover Requests. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Max 20 Coded 20
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_RCR_ACK HMI name T_RCR_ACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Call release OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_RECOVERY HMI name T_RECOVERY B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between two consecutive audits on trace file transfer status when a file transfer failure Cell Type No
occurs. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance OMC
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit mn
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Transmitted by the OMC-R to the BSC at init with the OCD_admin tool
comment
Logical name T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEA HMI name T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_REL B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
SE EASE Cell Type No
Definition This parameter defines the repetition period of CHANNEL RELEASE message sent on
FACCH Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Logical name T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE HMI name T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of the UPLINK FREE message, sent to the mobile Cell Type No
station. The UPLINK FREE messages shall be repeated as long as no uplink is granted to a Sub-syste BSC RMS No
mobile station.
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal - This parameter is a MR2 parameter.
comment - It is a CDM parameter
- The minimum value is 20 ms, since the UPLINK FREE message is sent on FACCH of VGCS channel and the periodicity of FACCH is 20
ms.
Logical name T_RMS_BSC HMI name T_RMS_BSC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition General supervision of RMS in the BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_RMS_BSC_RECONF HMI name T_RMS_BSC_RECONF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay to restart RMS job after reconfiguration. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio measurements OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_RMS_BSC_RESTART HMI name T_RMS_BSC_RESTART B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay to restart RMS job after TRE restart. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio measurements OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_RMS_BTS HMI name T_RMS_BTS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time interval between BTS transfer of 2 successive RMS blocks of measurements. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T_RMS_BTS < T_RMS_BSC Max 6553 Coded 6553
rulesRecommended T_RMS_BSC > 2* T_RMS_BTS Coded Def 1
Recommended T_RMS_BSC > 2* T_RMS_BTS Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_SDCCH_PC HMI name T_SDCCH_PC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which power control on SDCCH is inhibited after completion of the Immediate Cell Type No
Assignment procedure. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1 (2 x Samfr) Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended T_SDCCH_PC >= SDCCH_COUNTER Coded Def 5
Recommended T_SDCCH_PC >= SDCCH_COUNTER Def value 5 Coded Def 5
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC) HMI name T_SHARED_DTM_INFO B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer monitoring the reception of BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (periodic or not) on Cell Type No
BSC side. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
Rec None Application DTM Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules Step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded 1
Mandatory shall be equal to T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS) Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_SMSCB_RESP HMI name T_SMSCB_RESP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_TFO HMI name T_TFO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer for sending and acknowledgement of No_speech frames in case of TFO. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec TFO Functional specification OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
Coding rules coded on 8 bits, step size = 20 ms Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External This parameter is set to 620ms by the BSC in case of Abis/Ater via satellite.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS HMI name T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Guard timer to wait for an Uplink Access. If no such bursts are received at this timer expiry, the Cell Type No
BSC releases the voice group call channel in that cell and provide notifications containing no Sub-syste BSC RMS No
channel description.
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rulesRecommended T_Wait_Uplink_Access >= [START_UPLINK_REPLY + (10 * WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS)] * Coded Def 60
Recommended T_Wait_Uplink_Access >= [START_UPLINK_REPLY + (10 * WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS)] * Def value 60 Coded Def 60
rules T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE
External The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true
comment
comment
Logical name T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK HMI name T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_AC B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Guard timer to wait for UPLINK REQUEST ACK or UPLINK REQUEST REJECT message from K Cell Type
No
the MSC. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T1_0858 HMI name T1_0858 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS, a new OVERLOAD is Cell Type No
ignored. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
Rec GSM TS 08.58 Application GSM Categor Network (CDE)
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T1_0858 < T2_0858 Max 6553.5 Coded 65535
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T1_long HMI name T1_long B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hold off time before attempting another Block/Unblock procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rulesRecommended T1_long >= T1_short Coded Def 60
Recommended T1_long >= T1_short Def value 60 Coded Def 60
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T1_short HMI name T1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the Blocking/Unblocking procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM Coded Def 160
Recommended T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM Def value 16 Coded Def 160
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T11 HMI name T11 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1 s Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T11_FORCED HMI name T11_FORCED B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests where queuing is not allowed by the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal Must be < assignment timer in the MSC (trr1).
comment Provision in MIB B5

Definition Delay for acknowledgement of RESET received from MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec BSS global reset OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T14 HMI name T14 B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum queuing time for the VGCS Assignment Requests Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Definition Period of time where a new OVERLOAD that is received from the MSC, is not processed after Cell Type No
reception of a processed OVERLOAD. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory T17 < T18_overload Max 6553.5 Coded 65535
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Delay between consecutive debarring actions after a BSS outage. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Step size: 0.1 sec Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T18_Overload HMI name T18_OVERLOAD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between the latest MSC OVERLOAD message or DTC internal overload detection and Cell Type No
debarring action. Also delay between consecutive debarring actions for overload procedure Sub-syste BSC RMS No
and Telecom global reset procedure.
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory T18_OVERLOAD > T17 Max 6553.5 Coded 65535
rules
External --
comment
Internal Comes from the split of T18 into two timers: T18 and T18_OVERLOAD
comment
Definition Supervision of the Reset Circuit procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T2_0858 HMI name T2_0858 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the case where the BTS stops Cell Type No
sending OVERLOAD. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T2_0858 > T1_0858 Max 6553.5 Coded 65535
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Supervision of Circuit Group Blocking procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size=0.1 sec Min value 10 Coded 100
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T200 (BSC) HMI name T200 (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements. Cell Type No
Instance A-bis link
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
Coding rules step size: 100ms; (1: 100ms, 2: 200ms, 3: 300ms, 4: 400ms, .. . , 10: 1000ms Min value 300 Coded 3
rulesRecommended The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 1000 ms. Coded Def 3
Recommended The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 1000 ms. Def value 300 Coded Def 3
rules
External The value of T200 (BSC) is driven by the associated Abis connection type.
comment It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type)
The default value 300 ms corresponds to Abis terrestrial link.
Internal --
comment
Logical name T200_GSL (BSC) HMI name T200_GSL (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to T200_GSL (MFS) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T203 (BSC) HMI name T203 (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Link supervision timer. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to T203 (MFS) Max 4 Coded 4
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T203_GSL (BSC) HMI name T203_GSL (BSC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Link supervision timer on the GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to T203_GSL (MFS) Max 10 Coded 10
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Supervision of the Immediate Assignment procedure. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended T3101 > 2s Coded Def 30
Recommended T3101 > 2s Def value 3 Coded Def 30
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Supervision of the Internal Handover procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Internal channel changes OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Mandatory T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_D. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_FR. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_HR. Max 25.5 Coded 255
rulesRecommended T3103 > T3106_D. T3103 > T3106_F_FR T3103 > T3106_F_HR -- Coded Def 165
rules Def value 16.5 Coded Def 165
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T3105_D HMI name T3105D B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on SDCCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec External channel changes OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
Mandatory T3105_D x Ny1 < T3103 Max 220 Coded 220
rulesRecommended T3105_D x Ny1 < T9113 T3105_D x Ny1 > T3124
Coded Def 200
rules T3105_D << T3124 (T3124 = 675 ms on SDCCH) Def value 200 Coded Def 200
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T3105_D_STOP HMI name T3105D_STOP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Criterion to stop T3105_D timer. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling Min value 0 Coded 0
frame
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T3105_F_FR HMI name T3105F_FR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for FR Cell Type No
channels. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T3103 Max 250 Coded 250
rulesRecommended T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T9113 T3105_F_FR x Ny1 > T3124
Coded Def 50
rules T3105_F_FR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH) Def value 50 Coded Def 50
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T3105_F_HR HMI name T3105F_HR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for HR Cell Type No
channels. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T3103 Max 250 Coded 250
rulesRecommended T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T9113 T3105_F_HR x Ny1 > T3124
Coded Def 50
rules T3105_F_HR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH) Def value 100 Coded Def 50
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T3105_F_STOP HMI name T3105F_STOP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Criterion to stop T3105_F timer. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
frame or of a correct traffic frame
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T3106_D HMI name T3106D B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of SDCCH Cell Type No
synchronous handover. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T3106_D < T3103 Max 1500 Coded 1500
rulesRecommended T3106_D < T9113 -- Coded Def
1200
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T3106_D_STOP HMI name T3106D_STOP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Criterion to stop T3106_D timer. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
frame
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T3106_F HMI name T3106F B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of TCH Cell Type No
synchronous handover. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T3106_F < T3103 Max 1000 Coded 1000
rulesRecommended T3106_F < T9113 -- Coded Def
1000
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T3106_F_STOP HMI name T3106F_STOP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Criterion to stop T3106_F timer. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
frame or of a correct traffic frame
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Supervision of the Assignment procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Normal assignment OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Supervision of the Channel Release procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Call release OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rulesRecommended T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s Coded Def 120
Recommended T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s Def value 12 Coded Def 120
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Delay of the RF Channel Release procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS) Coded Def 5
Recommended T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS) Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition This timer is used for the repetition of the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during the uplink Cell Type No
access procedure. If the timer expires before the reception of a correctly decoded frame from Sub-syste BSC RMS No
MS, the BTS repeats the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message to the requesting MS
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 20ms Min value 100 Coded 5
rules
External --
comment
Definition This timer is started by sending an INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER message to the Cell Type No
MS and is normally stopped when the MS has correctly seized the UTRAN channel(s). Its Sub-syste BSC RMS No
purpose is to keep the old channels sufficiently long for the MS to be able to return to the old
channels, and to release the channels if the MS is lost. Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Not linked to a document OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Mandatory -- Max 25,5 Coded 255
rules
External --
comment
comment
Definition Timer controlling the period sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION messages to the BTS to avoid Cell Type No
sleeping cell problems. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit mn
reference access
Coding rules Step size = 1 min Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T3148n HMI name T3148n B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer controlling on BSC side the uplink DTM assignment. It is started at reception of DTM Cell Type No
Request, and stopped at reception of DTM Assignment Command or DTM Reject from MFS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
Rec Application DTM Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size = 100 msec Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment Corresponds to T3148 (on MS side) - Round Trip Delay
Logical name T3168 (BSC) HMI name T3168 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending Cell Type No
a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL
TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in SI13 within the GPRS Cell Options Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows: Min value 1 Coded 1
001: 1000 ms
010: 1500 ms
011: 2000 ms
100: 2500 ms
101: 3000 ms
110: 3500 ms
111: 4000 ms.
- T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell,
- T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
External The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round
comment trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a
value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS.
Internal The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless:
comment 1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT - MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - 60 (ms)
2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay.
T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time that can be expected at worse in the MFS for answering an uplink TBF request.
Because the MFS may have to request additional PDCHs to the BSC (which can take about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be
considered for this parameter.
T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum queuing time expected on PACCH and a value of about 200 msec should be
considered.
Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
0 0 0: 500 msec
0 0 1: 1000 msec
0 1 0: 1500 msec
1 1 1: 200 msec
rulesRecommended T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay +
RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) Coded Def 0
rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic Def value 500 Coded Def 0
==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell:
i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release
mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and
EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0)
ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode
is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)
iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then :
- some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayed phase, and
- the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS, which may lead the MS
to send useless PMR before leaving its ready state.
==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in
the serving cell:
ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release
External The following values of T3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 44.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS:
comment 0 1 1: 0 msec
1 0 0: 80 msec
1 0 1: 120 msec
1 1 0: 160 msec
Internal The value 200 msec has been requested in B9 by Tmobile
comment
Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update Cell Type No
procedures. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec System information management OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit 6 mn
reference access
Coding rules 0: no periodic location update Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Supervision of RESET message sent to the MSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec BSS global reset OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External T4 shall be set greater than T2 (timer in MSC).
comment
Internal Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0.
comment
Definition Timer controlling the repetition of HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Handover management OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Mandatory T7 < T_HO_REQD_LOST Max 20 Coded 200
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the serving BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Call release OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Normal assignment OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Supervision of the call clearing procedure when triggered by the BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Supervision of the SCCP Connection procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T9105 > T(conn est) Max 6553,5 Coded 65535
rulesRecommended T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230 Coded Def 310
Recommended T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230 Def value 31 Coded Def 310
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Supervision of the Physical Context procedure. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Normal assignment OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Guards the response of the MSC when no resources are allocated to the SCCP connection Cell Type No
(started on the reception of CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVER Sub-syste BSC RMS No
REQUEST message and stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST message is received on
the same SCCP connection as the SCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response Instance BSC
of the MSC when a HANDOVER FAILURE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message has been sent
(stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEAR COMMAND message is received).
reference domain y
Spec Call release OMC-R Displayed Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rulesRecommended T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)]. Coded Def 200
Recommended T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)]. Def value 20 Coded Def 200
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Supervision of the channel modification in the MS. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Channel modification OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rulesRecommended T9112 >= 15s. T9112 <= T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timer supervising the Modify Coded Def 150
Recommended T9112 >= 15s. T9112 <= T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timer supervising the Modify Def value 15 Coded Def 150
rules procedure.
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the target BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T9113 > T3105_D x Ny1. T9113 > T3105_F x Ny1. T9113 > T3106_D. T9113 > T3106_F Max 25.5 Coded 255
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TA_STAT HMI name TA_STAT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on timing advance to define the cell limit used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External 1 bper corresponds to about 550m
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TCH_INFO_PERIOD HMI name TCH_INFO_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation & management OMC-R Displayed Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules stepsize = 0.1 Min value 2 Coded 20
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TEMPORARY_OFFSET HMI name TEMPORARY_OFFSET B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory -- Max infinity Coded 7
rules
External If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC.
comment
Internal Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS.
Logical name TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) HMI name TEMPORARY_OFFSET B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS.
CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name THR_CCCH_LOAD HMI name THR_CCCH_LOAD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold triggering the sending of CCCH LOAD INDICATION message. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Radio measurements OMC-R Displayed Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Percentage of busy to successful accesses. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
comment
Logical name THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT HMI name THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Load threshold determining whether a 3G to 2G handover request shall be rejected in load Cell Type No
situation; the feature is deactivated by setting THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT to its maximum Sub-syste BSC RMS No
value 100%.
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec External channel changes OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit %
reference access
Mandatory THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT shall be lower than the 2G load thresholds Max 100 Coded 100
rulesRecommended HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD or equal to 100%. -- Coded Def 100
External --
comment
comment
Logical name THR_ECNO_HO HMI name THR_ECNO_HO B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Ec/No threshold above which a handover to UTRAN may be triggered Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Radio measurements data processing OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1 dB, coded over 6 bits Min value -110 Coded 0
0: -110 dBm (Never),
1: -109 dBm,
...,
63: -47 dBm
rules
External --
comment
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Mandatory THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 & Max 100 Coded 10
rulesRecommended THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 When choosing the
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the Coded Def 10
rules number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) /100*total Def value 100 Coded Def 10
number of TCH in the cell.
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation and management OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Coding rules Step size = 10% Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 & Max 100 Coded 10
rulesRecommended THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 When choosing the
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 value, it is recommanded to check that the Coded Def 10
rules number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) /100*total Def value 100 Coded Def 10
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 & Max 100 Coded 10
rulesRecommended THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 When choosing the
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the Coded Def 10
rules number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) /100*total Def value 100 Coded Def 10
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes
Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 & Max 100 Coded 10
rulesRecommended THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 When choosing the
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 value, it is recommanded to check that the Coded Def 10
rules number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) /100*total Def value 100 Coded Def 10
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name THR_LB_OV HMI name THR_LB_OV B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSC upon FU overload. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name THR_MARGIN_PRIO_PS HMI name THR_MARGIN_PRIO_PS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Margin of radio timeslots reserved for PS traffic between two sendings of the BSCGP RR Cell Type No
Allocation Indication messages. The threshold is expressed in percentage of radio timeslots. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
This margin only applies in case of high CS load and low PS load. Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation and management OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit %
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH HMI name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for channel adaptation under high load. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Max 7 Coded 70
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL HMI name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for channel adaptation under normal load. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Max 7 Coded 70
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name THRESHOLD_1_0 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_0 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating no overload condition and overload level 1 condition Cell Type No
when pointer P points at position 0. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Mandatory THRESHOLD_1_0 >= THRESHOLD_2_0 Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating overload level 1 condition and overload level 2 condition Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory THRESHOLD_2_0 <= THRESHOLD_1_0 Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TL_TCUA HMI name TL_TCUA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby the local overload controller. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA Max 50 Coded 500
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TL0 HMI name TL0 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "Low Overload" state if its Cell Type No
Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL0 and less than TL3." The TCU is in "No Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is less than TL0.
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Overload Control OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Mandatory TL0 < TL3 < TL4 Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer P on buffer occupancy Cell Type No
thresholds. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory TL1 < TL2 Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer P on buffer occupancy Cell Type No
thresholds. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory TL3 > TL4 Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level: Cell Type No
1) In upward direction, the TCU Overload State is in High Overload state if TL3 <= TCU Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Processor Occupancy Level < TL4;
2) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is still in Very High Overload State if TL3 Instance BSC
<= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4;
3) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is in Low Overload state if TL0 <= TCU
Processor Occupancy Level < TL3.
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T0 < TL3 < TL4 Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in Very High Overload state if its Cell Type No
Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL4. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory TL4 > TL3 > TL0 Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Treassembly HMI name Treassembly B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer controlling the reception of subsequent segments after reception of the first segment of Cell Type No
a segmented layer 3 message. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance BSC
Rec Q714 Application GSM Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec External channel changes OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Treassembly < T9110 (the rule is checked neither by BSC nor by the OMC.)
comment
Logical name TRG_SDCCH HMI name TRG_SDCCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCH overload. Cell Type No
Instance BSC proc
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 1 for TCU, 0 for others Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be set to 0 for other BSC processors
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TRX_PREF_MARK HMI name Preference Mark B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Preference mark assigned to a given TRX. Cell Type No
Instance TRX
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: PS/CS TRX: This TRX can carry PS and CS traffic and has the lowest preference in the TCH Min value 0 Coded 0
sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call.
1: CS TRX with preference mark 1: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the preference
mark 1 in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call.

7: CS TRX with preference mark 7: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the highest
preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to served a CS call. It means that
this TRX has the highest priority for CS traffic.
Mandatory 1) For a TRX in the inner zone of a monoband or multiband concentric cell, the parameter Max 7 Coded 7
rulesRecommended TRX_PREF_MARK shall be set to a non-null value. --
Recommended --
rules 2) For a hopping G1 TRX, if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY = 0 then TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0
MAX_PDCH:
4) In case of cell shared over 2 BTSs, the GPRS TRXs of the cell (ie TRX_PREF_MARK=0) can
be either on the main sector or on the secondary, but not on both.
5) the maximum number of PS capable TRX (ie TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) defined in one cell is
External If EGPRS is activated in the cell, TRX_PREF_MARK (BCCH TRX) = 0 and the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware and a
comment transmission pool allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GSMK
and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 05.05 and 3GPP TS 05.08 requirements (or 4 dB if an SDCCH
timeslot is defined in timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX).
Internal Note: It may happen that a TRX for which TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 can carry also CS/PS signalling traffic (if it is the BCCH TRX and if there
comment is an MPDCH on this TRX), see also the rules for the parameter NB_TS_MPDCH.
Logical name TS_TCUA HMI name TS_TCUA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by the local overload controller. Cell Type No
m Sub-syste BSC template
RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Coding rulesreference step size = 0.1sec access Min value 0.1 Min Coded 1
Mandatory TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA Max 50 Coded 500
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment 12. value Max
Logical name TSC HMI name TSC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Training Sequence Code for any (packet) channel except for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Radio & link establishment OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
comment
Two training sequence codes are used in Alcatel BSS:
*) TSC for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH: the BSS sets the TSC to the O&M parameter BCC. This behaviour is compliant to 3GPP TS 05.02
which states that for BCCH and CCCH, the TSC must be equal to the BCC. In Alcatel BSS, for CBCH, the TSC is also set to BCC.
**) TSC for any other (packet) channel: the BSS sets the TSC to the O&M parameter TSC.
Internal --
comment
Logical name Tx_integer (BSC) HMI name TX_INTEGER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary Min value 3 Coded 0
coded from 0000 to 1111
Mandatory Equal to Tx_integer (MFS) Max 50 Coded 15
rulesRecommended When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to Coded Def 14
Recommended When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to Def value 32 Coded Def 14
rules set:
TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0
TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1.
When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set:
TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.
The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request
messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform
distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the
CCCH configuration as shown below:
1) for non combined CCCH:

- Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms)
- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms)
Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms)
2) for combined CCCH:

Note:
- In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe
External When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set:
comment TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0
TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1
Internal For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001. m template
comment
Logical name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO HMI name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Downlink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. Cell Type Yes
Sub-syste BSC Min RMS No
Instance cell
Rec None Application GSM Categor Site (CAE) value Max
referenceSpec Handover preparation - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe. domain y
OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm
reference access
Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name U_RXLEV_DL_P HMI name U_RXLEV_DL_P B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper downlink level threshold for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory U_RXLEV_DL_P > L_RXLEV_DL_P Max -47 Coded 63
rulesRecommended U_RXLEV_DL_P >= L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB Coded Def 35
Recommended U_RXLEV_DL_P >= L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB Def value -75 Coded Def 35
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO HMI name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Uplink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name U_RXLEV_UL_P HMI name U_RXLEV_UL_P B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper uplink level threshold for power control. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded 0
Mandatory U_RXLEV_UL_P > L_RXLEV_UL_P Max -47 Coded 63
rulesRecommended U_RXLEV_UL_P >= L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB Coded Def 35
Recommended U_RXLEV_UL_P >= L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB Def value -75 Coded Def 35
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name U_RXQUAL_DL_P HMI name U_RXQUAL_DL_P B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper downlink quality threshold for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P Max 7 Coded 70
rules
External Highest value is the worst quality
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name U_RXQUAL_UL_P HMI name U_RXQUAL_UL_P B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper uplink quality threshold for power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P Max 7 Coded 70
rules
External Highest value is the worst quality
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name U_TIME_ADVANCE HMI name UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timing Advance threshold for distance handover. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit bper
reference access
rules
External One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m
comment
Internal CT: Depends on Cell type
comment
Logical name Use_of_Extended_CBCH HMI name Extended CBCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: not used, 1: used Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" -- Coded Def 0
External Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1.
comment If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, Use_of_Extended_CBCH should be set to "Yes".
Internal --
comment
Logical name VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC HMI name VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the type of FR AMR codec used in the network. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : AMR Full Rate Codec 12,2 kbit/s; Min value 0 Coded 0
1 : AMR Full Rate Codec 10,2 kbit/s;
7 : AMR Full Rate Codec 4,75 kbit/st;
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC HMI name VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the type of HR AMR codec used in the network. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : AMR Half Rate Codec 7,95 kbit/s; Min value 2 Coded 2
1 : AMR Half Rate Codec 7,40 kbit/s;
rules
External AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,95 kb/s is not supported by Alcatel BSS.
comment AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,4kb/s is not supported as a "stand-alone" codec
comment
Logical name VQ_AVERAGE HMI name VQ_AVERAGE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Average window size on measurements to obtain samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio Measurements OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr
reference access
rules
External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name VQ_BAD_RXFER HMI name VQ_BAD_RXFER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Radio bad FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
Spec Radio Measurements OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, , 200 = 20%) Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD HMI name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Radio FER threshold to detect calls with bad speech quality for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name VQ_GOOD_RXFER HMI name VQ_GOOD_RXFER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Radio good FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, , 200 = 20%) Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD HMI name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Radio interference threshold to detect noisy calls for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name VQ_RXLEV HMI name VQ_RXLEV B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Radio level threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 = -110 dBm, 1 = -109 dBm, 62 = -48 dBm, 63 = -47 dBm, step = 1dBm Min value -110 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name VQ_RXQUAL HMI name VQ_RXQUAL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Radio quality threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER HMI name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Radio quality threshold to specify correlation between quality samples for Voice Quality Cell Type No
statistics. Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 70==7) Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name W_LEV_HO HMI name W_LEV_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for handover when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 Max 3 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name W_LEV_MCHO HMI name W_LEV_MCHO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for microcell handover when no DTX is applied. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Max 3 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell
comment
Logical name W_LEV_PC HMI name W_LEV_PC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power control when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 Max 3 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name W_PBGT_HO HMI name W_PBGT_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power budget when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 Max 3 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name W_QUAL_CA HMI name W_QUAL_CA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Averaging weight applicable for full quality (Channel adaptation). Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Codec Adaptation OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name W_QUAL_HO HMI name W_QUAL_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for handover when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 Max 3 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name W_QUAL_PC HMI name W_QUAL_PC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for power control when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 Max 3 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS HMI name WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Cell Type No
Request bit set to L) per cycle, during the non-initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
after sending the first UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H).
Each time the value of this counter becomes zero, the BTS send one UPLINK FREE message Instance cell
with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H.
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true.
comment
Logical name WI_CR HMI name WI_CR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Call Re-establishment. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name WI_EC HMI name WI_EC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Emergency call. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name WI_OC HMI name WI_OC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Originating call. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name WI_OP HMI name WI_OP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = Location updating or Other procedures Cell Type No
which can be completed with an SDCCH. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL HMI name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL HMI name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name ZONE_TYPE HMI name TRX zone B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Determines which TRX(s) belong to the inner zone and which TRX(s) belong to the outer zone Cell Type Yes
of a concentric cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No
Instance TRX
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Coded as a 16 bits bitmap. Each bit specifies the zone the corresponding TRX (if declared) Min value 0 Coded 0
belongs to. 0: Outer zone, 1: Inner zone.
rules
comment
Internal This parameter is meaningful only in cells with: cell_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric cell
comment
BTS parameters
Logical name ABORT_FRAME HMI name ABORT_FRAME B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Abort frame threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0 Min value 1 Coded 1
Mandatory -- Max 2E+16 Coded 0
Recommended -- Def value 2E+16 Coded Def 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Configured via the FU.CPF file
comment
Logical name AG_FULL HMI name AG_FULL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of Access Grant messages that can be buffered for one CCCH slot. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Paging & access grant control OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Coded in the firmware
comment
Logical name BCCH_CUT_TIMER HMI name BCCH_CUT_TIMER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timeout for cut of BCCH on loss of LAPD connection. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND HMI name BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/disables sending of RF RESOURCE INDICATION by the BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation & management OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name CRC_ERR HMI name CRC_ERR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CRC error threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name DMA_OVERRUN HMI name DMA_OVERRUN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition DMA overrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in Cell Type No
reception). Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name DMA_UNDERRUN HMI name DMA_UNDERRUN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition DMA underrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in Cell Type No
transmission). Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name FRAME_DISCARD HMI name FRAME_DISCARD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Frame discard (due to lack of buffer) threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name I_LAPD_MAX_RX HMI name I_LAPD_MAX_RX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of I frames allowed in the reception buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended > LAPD window size +3 Coded Def 16
Recommended > LAPD window size +3 Def value 16 Coded Def 16
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name I_LAPD_MAX_TX HMI name I_LAPD_MAX_TX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of I frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name INACT_DLCI HMI name INACT_DLCI B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Inactive DLCI threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 2**16 coded as 0 Min value 1 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name INVALID_ADR HMI name INVALID_ADR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Invalid address threshold for alarm detection (fixed format error when CRC is correct). Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
0 : 20000000000000000
1: 1
2: 2
.
1999999999999999: 1999999999999999
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name K_LAPD_OML HMI name K_LAPD_OML B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML). Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name K_LAPD_RSL HMI name K_LAPD_RSL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML). Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Recommended values:4 for 16 kbit/s RSL, 7 for 64 kbit/s RSL
comment
Logical name K_LAPDm HMI name K_LAPDm B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name M_PEND_A (BTS) HMI name M_PEND_A (BTS) B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of I-frame received on RSL by an Evolium BTS before sending an Cell Type No
acknowledgement Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec LAPD management OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Mandatory The value of this parameter shall be lower than (K_LAPD_RSL minus 2) Max 4 Coded 4
rules
External This parameter is used only with the Evolium BTS. The same value is used for terrestrial and satellite links
comment
comment
Logical name N_DECR HMI name N_DECR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is decremented on T_SUP expiry. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N_INCR HMI name N_INCR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is incremented each time an Cell Type No
overload is reported. Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N_WAIT HMI name N_WAIT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Spacing between two consecutive DL_DATA_CONGESTION_IND sent to BTS Layer 3. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N200_LE HMI name N200_LE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before Cell Type No
detecting radio failure in Link Establishment state. Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec LAPDm functional specification OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N200_LR HMI name N200_LR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
detecting radio failure in Link Release state. Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N200_OML (BTS) HMI name N200_OML (BTS) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (OML). Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N200_RSL (BTS) HMI name N200_RSL (BTS) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (RSL). Cell Type No
Instance A-bis link
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 5. Coded Def 10
Recommended The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 5. Def value 10 Coded Def 10
rules
External The value of N200_RSL (BTS) is driven by the associated Abis connection type.
comment
Logical name N200_TD HMI name N200_TD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
detecting radio failure in Timer Recovery state on SDCCH. Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N200_TS HMI name N200_TS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
detecting radio failure in Timer Recovery state on SACCH. Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N200_TTF HMI name N200_TTF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
detecting radio failure in Timer Recovery state on FACCH (TCH/FR associated). Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N200_TTH HMI name N200_TTH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
detecting radio failure in Timer Recovery state on FACCH (TCH/HR associated). Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N201 (BTS) HMI name N201 (BTS) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum length of user data in an I frame. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit bytes
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N201_BTER_D HMI name N201_BTER_D B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Length of information field on FACCH (Format Bter). Cell Type No
Instance BTS
Rec None Application VGCS Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit bytes
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N201_BTER_S HMI name N201_BTER_S B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Length of information field on SACCH (Format Bter). Cell Type No
Instance BTS
Rec None Application VGCS Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec LAPDM functional specification OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit bytes
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N201_C HMI name N201_C B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Length of information field on BCCH, AGCH and PCH. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Categor Not Used (NU)
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N201_D HMI name N201_D B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Length of information field on SDCCH and FACCH. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N201_S HMI name N201_S B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Length of information field on SACCH. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec LAPDm functional specification OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit bytes
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PDA_FULL HMI name PDA_FULL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of PACKET DL ASSIGNMENT messages that can be stored for one CCCH Cell Type No
group. Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Coded in the firmware.
comment
Logical name PG_FULL HMI name PG_FULL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of PAGING REQUEST messages that can be stored for one CCCH group. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name RR_ACK_TIMER (BTS) HMI name RR_ACK_TIMER (BTS) B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec LAPD management OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
Mandatory The value of this parameter shall be lower than (T200_TRE minus 50 ms) Max 200 Coded 2
rules
External This parameter is used only with the Evolium BTS. The same value is used for terrestrial and satellite links.
comment
comment
Logical name RSL_RATE (BTS) HMI name RSL_RATE (BTS) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Rate used on all RSL links of the BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s. Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. Should be the same as the BSC value
comment
Logical name SHORT_FRM HMI name SHORT_FRM B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Short frame threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_CFI_TR HMI name T_CFI_TR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used in the BTS for filtering transcoder alarms after the sending of the 08.58 Cell Type No
ESTABLISH INDICATION message at the beginning of the TCH assignment. Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec Normal assignment OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Mandatory T_CFI_TR > T_SYNC Max 5 Coded 5
rules
External --
comment
Internal Sent to the FU at initialisation via FU_CPF.
comment
Logical name T_RESET_COUNTER HMI name T_RESET_COUNTER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Used to reset LAPD error counters. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_SMSCB_READY HMI name T_SMSCB_READY B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum waiting time before repetition of response from the BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_SUP HMI name T_SUP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay between latest increment and decrement and between two consecutive decrement of Cell Type No
FU load counter. Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_SYNC HMI name Tsync B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used in the BTS to detecta loss of synchronisation between BTS and transcoder Cell Type No
Instance TRAU
reference domain y
Spec TRCU/BTS interface OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1s Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Coded in the software. Configured via the FU.CPF file
comment
Logical name T_SYNCd HMI name TsyncD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time for detection of loss of synchronisation on downlink from transcoder to BTS for Cell Type No
enhanced full rate and half rate channels. Sub-syste BTS RMS No
Instance TRAU
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_SYNCu HMI name TsyncU B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time for detection of uplink framing errors for enhanced full rate and half rate channels. Cell Type No
Instance TRAU
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_ta HMI name Tta B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive time alignment changes. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec TRCU/BTS interface OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
Coding rules step size = 20ms Min value 60 Coded 3
rules
External Values equal to or higher than 500 ms disable time alignment for FR and EFR in BTS-TC interface and link adaptation for AMR
comment
comment
Logical name T200_D HMI name T200_D B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 0. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec LAPDm functional specification OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T200_D3 HMI name T200_D3 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 3. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T200_OMU HMI name T200_TRE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for OMU SW. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal hardcoded in OMU PROM.
comment
Logical name T200_S3 HMI name T200_S3 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 3. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T200_SD HMI name T200_SD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (SDCCH associated) SAPI 0. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T200_ST HMI name T200_ST B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 0. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T200_TF HMI name T200_TF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH FR associated) SAPI 0. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T200_TH HMI name T200_TH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH HR associated) SAPI 0. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T200_TRE HMI name T200_TRE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for TRE SW. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
Coding rules step size 10 ms Min value 160 Coded 16
rulesRecommended The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 1000 ms. Coded Def 27
Recommended The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 1000 ms. Def value 270 Coded Def 27
rules
External The value of T200_TRE is driven by the associated Abis connection type,
comment It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type).
The default value 270 ms corresponds to Abis terrestrial link.
Internal --
comment
Logical name T203 (BTS) HMI name T203 (BTS) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition RSL Link supervision timer. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T203 (BTS) > T_SYNC Max 4 Coded 4
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name THR_ACT_1 HMI name THR_ACT_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for triggering local overload defence actions in the FU. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name THR_ACT_2 HMI name THR_ACT_2 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for triggering global overload defence actions in the FU. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name THR_BUFFER HMI name THR_BUFFER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Free buffers threshold in Frame Unit. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name THR_IDLE HMI name THR_IDLE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Processor idle time threshold in Frame Unit. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec Overload control OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name THRES_HIGH_TX HMI name THRES_HIGH_TX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Congestion onset threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
rulesRecommended THRES_HIGH_TX > THRES_LOW_TX Coded Def 80
Recommended THRES_HIGH_TX > THRES_LOW_TX Def value 80 Coded Def 80
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name THRES_LOW_TX HMI name THRES_LOW_TX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Congestion clear threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec LapD Management OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
rulesRecommended THRES_LOW_TX < THRES_HIGH_TX Coded Def 70
Recommended THRES_LOW_TX < THRES_HIGH_TX Def value 70 Coded Def 70
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name TLC_CONFIG_T HMI name TLC_CONFIG_T B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of the initialisation of the FU via the RSL. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
Spec BSS init of telecom part OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Configured in the BTS via the FU.CPF file
comment
Logical name UI_LAPD_MAX_TX HMI name UI_LAPD_MAX_TX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of UI frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No
Instance BTS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
MFS parameters
Logical name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE HMI name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Format of the access burst used by (E)GPRS MSs when sending a PACKET CHANNEL Cell Type No
REQUEST, a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT or a PTCCH/U message. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0 : 8 bits access bursts, 1 : 11 bits access bursts Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory - For Non-Evolium BTS (i.e. DRFU BTS), the OMC-R shall force the ACCESS_BURST_TYPE Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended parameter to 8-bits access bursts. --
Recommended - A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same --
rules ACCESS_BURST_TYPE when they are PS capable.
External --
comment
Internal The mandatory rule on the BTS DRFU aims at keeping the same functional level as in Release B7.2.
comment
Logical name ACCESS_RATE_BC HMI name Capacity B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel. Cell Type No
Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BC
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R Displayed Type Number Unit kbit/s
reference access
Mandatory Not changeable after MFS system initialization. Max 1984 Coded 1984
rulesRecommended CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC -- Coded Def 64
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name ALPHA (MFS) HMI name ALPHA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Alpha power control parameter. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 Min value 0 Coded 0
1010
Mandatory Equal to ALPHA (BSC) Max 1 Coded 10
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR HMI name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Factor used in the computation of the width in degree of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS Cell Type No
when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec LCS Functional Specification OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Ater_Usage_Threshold HMI name Ater_Usage_Threshold B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold (percentage of used Ater nibbles, in a GPU) above which the Ater usage is said Cell Type No
high. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit %
reference access
rulesRecommended A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of Coded Def 70
Recommended A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of Def value 70 Coded Def 70
rules Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will avoid reaching the saturation point of 100% of the Ater
resources used at the same moment in the GPU).
Reciprocally, a high value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a
low value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will limit the risks of wasting, i.e. of not using, Ater
resources in the GPU).
External When the Ater usage is high, the GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usage is applied, whereas when the Ater usage is normal (i.e.
comment percentage of used Ater nibbles is below the threshold), no GCH reduction factor is applied.
Internal --
comment
Logical name ATT (MFS) HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to ATT (BSC) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name BCC (MFS) HMI name BCC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BTS colour code of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to BCC (BSC) Max 7 Coded 7
rules
comment
comment
Logical name BCC (n) HMI name BCC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BTS colour code of the adjacent cell. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
comment
Logical name BCCH_ARFCN(n) HMI name BCCH_ARFCN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of the adjacent cell. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory - BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) = BCCH_ARFCN(n) Max 1023 Coded 1023
rulesRecommended - In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN --
Recommended belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if --
rules EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These
- for serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC:

target for reselection of the same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS)
<> Disabled and FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty.
-for Non Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards :
target for reselection of that same serving cell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <>
Disabled and FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty.
- For Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards :
There shall be no more than 32 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all target cells.
External --
comment
Internal - Needed for MPDCH feature. The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, , 1023, 0}.
comment - The BCCH frequency of an adjacent external cell is directly editable in the HMI. The OMC-R access is defined accordingly (changeable).
The BCCH frequency of an adjacent internal cell is virtual changeable.
Logical name BEP_PERIOD HMI name BEP_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Filter constant for EGPRS channel quality measurements. Cell Type No
Instance cell
Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application E-GPRS Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded on 4 bits as follows: Min value 1 Coded 0
0: 1
1: 2
2: 3
3: 4
4: 5
5: 7
6: 10
7: 12
8: 15
9: 20
10: 25
11: Reserved for future use
rules
External The BEP_PERIOD parameter defines the forgetting factor used in the MEAN_BEP and CV_BEP averaging at the MS side.
comment In case of cell without frequency hopping and without fast mobiles (i.e. not motorway or TGV coverage), it is advised to set a higher value
(e.g. 25) in order to avoid spurious MCS changes causing higher BLER and throughput loss.
Internal Only the values from 1 to 25 are displayed at the OMC-R.
comment
Logical name BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY HMI name BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined Best Effort Packet Flow Context, and for all Cell Type No
MS traffic without PFC Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
Rec Application GPRS Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External Default value corresponds to the priority for interactive THP3.
comment The minimum value (the highest priority) corresponds to one priority level below the streaming class.
comment
Logical name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH), broadcast on the Cell Type No
PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory -BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell Max 7 Coded 7
rulesRecommended -when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 --
Recommended -When EN_VGCS is disabled : --
rules . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1
-When EN_VGCS is enabled :
. If BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS
External Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0
comment For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1
Internal Needed for MPDCH feature.
comment At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to channelCombination = CBH or SDH in the TRX attribute listOfRadioChannel.
Logical name BS_CV_MAX (MFS) HMI name BS_CV_MAX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Cell Type No
Count Down procedure is entered. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the
resolution contention has failed. Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Min value 1 Coded 1
Mandatory Equal to BS_CV_MAX (BSC) Max 15 Coded 15
rulesRecommended BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise Coded Def 9
Recommended BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise Def value 9 Coded Def 9
rules the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled
situations.
If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of
unacknowledged blocks may be delayed.
- BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the
serving cell,
- BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater
External Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given
comment RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments.
Internal --
comment
Logical name BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) HMI name BS_PA_MFRMS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group, Cell Type No
broadcast on the PBCCH for the CS service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) Min value 2 Coded 0
Mandatory BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Max 9 Coded 7
rules
comment
comment
Logical name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES HMI name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or PDTCH or PACCH per 52 multiframe. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, ..., 1010: 10) Min value 1 Coded 1
The codepoints 0000: 0, 1011: 11 and 1100: 12 are not supported by the ALCATEL BSS.
Mandatory BS_PAG_BLKS_RES < 12 BS_PBCCH_BLKS Max 10 Coded 10
rules
External According to 3GPP TS 05.02, the number of paging blocks available on one PCCCH =
comment (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) * 64. In order for the network to be able to page GPRS-attached Mobile Stations when
PCCCH is present in the cell, there shall be at least one radio block where paging can occur. This requires (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES -
BS_PBCCH_BLKS) to be strictly greater than 0.
comment
Logical name BS_PBCCH_BLKS HMI name BS_PBCCH_BLKS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per 52 multiframe. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded on 2 bits : 00=Block B0 used for PBCCH, 01=Block B0, B6 used for PBCCH, 10=Block Min value 1 Coded 0
B0, B6, B3 used for PBCCH, 11=Block B0, B6, B3, B9 used for PBCCH
Mandatory BS_PBCCH_BLKS < 12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES Max 4 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name BS_PRACH_BLKS HMI name BS_PRACH_BLKS_MIN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each MPDCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, .., 1000: 8) Min value 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name BS_PRR_BLKS HMI name BS_PRR_BLKS_SPDCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of radio blocks that may be allocated to Packet Resource Request Cell Type No
message for two-phase access UL TBF establishment, Packet Measurement Report Sub-syste MFS RMS No
message, or Packet Cell Change Failure message. This maximum number is defined per
52-multiframe on each uplink slave PDCH. Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit radio blocks
reference access
Coding rules 6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12) Min value 1 Coded 1
Mandatory BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS Max 12 Coded 12
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter only applies to cells where there is no PCCCH.
comment
Logical name BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH HMI name BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of radio blocks that may be allocated to Packet Resource Request Cell Type No
message for two-phase access UL TBF establishment, Packet Measurement Report Sub-syste MFS RMS No
message, or Packet Cell Change Failure message. This maximum number is defined per
52-multiframe on each uplink master PDCH. Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit radio blocks
reference access
Coding rules 6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12) Min value 1 Coded 1
Mandatory BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS Max 12 Coded 12
rules
External --
comment
Internal number blocks per multiframe which are available for a Packet Resource Request.
comment Needed for MPDCH feature.
This parameter only applies to cells where there is at least one PCCCH.
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of Cell Type No
the BTS. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dB
reference access
Coding rules 0 0 0 0 = 0 dB, 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB, 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB, ..., 1 1 1 1 = -30 dB Min value -30 Coded 15
Mandatory Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) Max 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN -- Coded Def 0
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BSC_ID(n) HMI name BSC_ID B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BSC identifier of an adjacent cell. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Only values [1..255] are significant. Min value 0 Coded 0
Value 0 means that the cell is external to the OMC.
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name bssgp_T1 HMI name T1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Guards the (un)blocking procedures. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
Rec GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Categor Network (CDE)
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name bssgp_T2 HMI name T2 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Guards the reset procedure. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name bssgp_T3 HMI name BSSGP_T3 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Suspend acknowledgement from SGSN. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ; 10: 1 ; ; 100: 10 Min value 0.1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name bssgp_T4 HMI name BSSGP_T4 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ; 10: 1 ; ; 100: 10 Min value 0.1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1)) Coded Def 6
Recommended BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1)) Def value 0.6 Coded Def 6
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES HMI name BVC BLOCK RETRIES B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of retries of the BVC Blocking procedure. Cell Type No
Instance NSE
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BVC_RESET_RETRIES HMI name BVC RESET RETRIES B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of retries of theBVC RESET procedure. Cell Type No
Instance NSE
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES HMI name BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of retries of the BVC Unblocking procedure. Cell Type No
Instance NSE
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name C31_HYST HMI name C31_HYST B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Determines whether an additional cell hysteresis shall be applied to the C31 criterion. The Cell Type No
hysteresis is GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS (for NC0 mode). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : no, 1 : yes Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name C32_QUAL HMI name C32_QUAL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag indicating an exception rule for GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET in NC0 mode. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0=NO, 1=YES Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name CBS HMI name Commited Burst Size B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Commited Burst Size. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit kbyte
reference access
Mandatory CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 Max 248 Coded 248
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CCCH_CONF (MFS) HMI name CCCH_CONF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Configuration of the CCCH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: CCCH not combined, 1: CCCH combined Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory 1) CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended --
Recommended 2)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of --
rules MAX_PDCH:
External --
comment
comment shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for Multislot CCCH.
Logical name CELL_RANGE (MFS) HMI name Cell Range B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Determines if the cell belongs to an extended cell. Cell Type Yes
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover Preparation OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory CELL-RANGE(MFS) = CELL_RANGE(BSC) Max 2 Coded 2
rulesRecommended Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. --
rules (respectively RAC when they are PS capable)
External --
comment
comment The CELL_RANGE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Max 126 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MF HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC) Max 126 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name CI (MFS) HMI name cell identity (CI) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Changeable Type Reference Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended Equal to CI (BSC) -- Coded Def
65535
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CI(n) HMI name CI(n) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Values 0..65535 correspond to the standard CI-value. Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Max 65535 Coded 65536
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CIR HMI name Committed Information Rate B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Committed Information Rate. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit kbit/s
reference access
Mandatory CIR=0 when direct access is used, CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 Max 1984 Coded 1984
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN HMI name CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Confidence origin used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc Cell Type No
returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
Rec None Application LCS Categor Network (CDE)
reference domain y
Spec LCS Functional Specification OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit %
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_ HMI name CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
SLOPE R_SLOPE Cell Type No
Definition Slope ratio between the confidence and the arc factor used in the 3D linear regression of the
confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the Sub-syste MFS RMS No
A-GPS server.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOP HMI name CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Slope ratio between the confidence and the sum of minimum radius factor and maximum OPE Cell Type
No
radius factor used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by
the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT HMI name CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition "Forgetting time in the long term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link Cell Type No
Adaptation: measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT are negligible in the Sub-syste MFS RMS No
average of channel quality measurements.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size = 20ms Min value 0.02 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal During the migration phase the B8 default value is applied to B7.2 GPU.
comment
Logical name CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST HMI name CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition "Forgetting time" in the short term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS Cell Type No
link adaptation:measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST are negligible in Sub-syste MFS RMS No
the average of channel quality measurements.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Reference Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal During the migration phase the B8 default value is applied to B7.2 GPU.
comment
Logical name CS_BLER_DL_3_4 HMI name CS_BLER_DL_3_4 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CS3 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme Cell Type No
from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by Sub-syste MFS RMS No
the MS
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_BLER_DL_4_3 HMI name CS_BLER_DL_4_3 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CS4 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme Cell Type No
from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by Sub-syste MFS RMS No
the MS.
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_HST_DL_LT HMI name CS_HST_DL_LT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to Cell Type No
change the TBF coding scheme. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_HST_DL_ST HMI name CS_HST_DL_ST B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_HST_UL_LT HMI name CS_HST_UL_LT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_HST_UL_ST HMI name CS_HST_UL_ST B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD HMI name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum downlink (or respectively uplink) transfer interruption between two successive DL (or Cell Type No
respectively UL) PDU to be able to reuse the coding scheme or modulation and coding Sub-syste MFS RMS No
scheme of the previous transmitted (or respectively received) radio blocks. This applies in
case of data transfer resumption for a DL TBF in delayed release state, or an UL TBF in Instance cell
extended state. When a new LLC PDU is received and the downlink/uplink transfer is
resumed, the timer defined by CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD shall be checked. If it has not expired,
then the previous coding scheme or modulation and coding scheme of the DL/UL TBF shall
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
rules
External This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from Cell Type No
CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is Sub-syste MFS RMS No
established on a hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
established on a non-hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Min value = (Coded Min - 30) / 10;
comment Def value = (Coded_default - 30) / 10;
Max value = (Coded Max - 30) / 10.
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to Cell Type No
CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established Sub-syste MFS RMS No
on a hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
on a non-hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
on a hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
on a non-hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Cell Type No
Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is Sub-syste MFS RMS No
acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name CS_SIR_HST_DL HMI name CS_SIR_HST_DL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal to Interference Ratio hysteresis used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Cell Type No
Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell HMI name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used for calculation of BVC bucket size when T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell = 0. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS HMI name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used for calculation of Bmax_default_MS when T_Flow_Ctrl_MS = 0. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name DELAY_FORCED_LOAD_REPORT HMI name DELAY_FORCED_LOAD_REPO B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of 20ms periods before the DSP reports its CPU load to PMU once the DSP load RT Cell Type
No
reaches 100% (i.e no load measurement in a such ms period because the corresponding Sub-syste MFS RMS No
DSP task cannot run).
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec Overload Control and CPU power budget OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference management access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name DL_POLL_FACTOR HMI name DL_DATA_CREDIT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the downlink cyclic polling Cell Type No
algorithm. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External The max number of downlink TBFs assigned per PDCH shall be such that the periodicity of polling needed for Channel Quality reports is
comment respected (taking into account needed bandwidth for PACCH en downlink).
Internal --
comment
Logical name DLCI HMI name Data Link Connection Identifier B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Data Link Connection Identifier, corresponds to a PVC identifier, see Q.922 Annex A, Table 1. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
Rec ITU-T Q.922 Application GPRS Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R Set by Create Type Number Unit None
reference access
Recommended -- Def value None Coded Def
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) HMI name DRX_TIMER_MAX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, Min value 0 Coded 0
, 111
Mandatory Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) Max 4 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
comment Sent on PSI 13
Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_1 HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition CPU cost for the DSP of one PDCH, with one GCH, on an EGPRS capable TRX, during a Cell Type No
20ms time frame, when En_EGPRS = enabled. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit ms
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.001 ms Min value 0.333 Coded 333
rules
External --
comment
Internal The set of parameters (DSP_CPU_Class_x (x=1-5), DSP_CPU_Class_y_GPRS (y=1-2)) are used to define the DSP congestion rule in
comment the PMU.
The CPU cost assumes a low EGPRS penetration rate (5%).
Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_1_GPRS HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_1_GPRS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CPU cost for the DSP of: Cell Type No
- one PDCH made of 1 GCH, supported: Sub-syste MFS RMS No
*) either by a non-EGPRS capable TRX,
*) or by an EGPRS capable TRX, when En_EGPRS = disabled; Instance MFS
- or one MPDCH;
during a 20ms time frame.
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Definition CPU cost for the DSP of one PDCH, with 2 GCHs, on an EGPRS capable TRX, during a 20ms Cell Type No
time frame, when En_EGPRS = enabled. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment the PMU.
Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_2_GPRS HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_2_GPRS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition CPU cost for the DSP of one PDCH made of 2 GCHs, supported: Cell Type No
- either by a non-EGPRS capable TRX Sub-syste MFS RMS No
- or by an EGPRS capable TRX, when En_EGPRS = disabled,
during a 20ms time frame. Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment the PMU.
We assume that the case where, in a cell, G4 TRXs would be associated with a pool class>2 and En_EGPRS = disabled would be a
transient state. In this case, the real capacity of the DSP would be lower that the estimated capacity (the GCH load would be

Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment the PMU.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment the PMU.

Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment the PMU.
Logical name DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACT HMI name DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FAC B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Forgetting factor of the filter used to compute the CPU load of a DSP over the last 20 ms TOR Cell Type
No
periods.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec Overload Control and CPU power budget OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
rules
External --
comment
Internal - The highest the DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR value, the highest the likelihood for a DSP CPU load peak (i.e. a load increase
comment followed by a load decrease in a short period of time) to be notified to RRM. And such a notification wil result in some TBF traffic blocking in
RRM during the entire next T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT period.
- The lowest the DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR value, the less reactive RRM will be in case of DSP CPU load increase (potential risk
for a DSP to reach a CPU load close to 100% before RRM begins to react by blocking some TBF traffic).
- The value of the forgetting factor in percent is DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR / 128 * 100%
Logical name DSP_LOAD_THR_1 HMI name DSP_LOAD_THR_1 B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Threshold beyond which a given DSP is considered as "loaded" in terms of CPU load by RRM. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Mandatory DSP_LOAD_THR_1 < DSP_LOAD_THR_2 Max 95 Coded 95
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name DSP_LOAD_THR_2 HMI name DSP_LOAD_THR_2 B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold beyond which a given DSP is considered as "overloaded" in terms of CPU load by Cell Type No
RRM. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1 % Min value 1 Coded 1
Mandatory DSP_LOAD_THR_1 < DSP_LOAD_THR_2 Max 95 Coded 95
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX, 2: MS shall not use Min value 0 Coded 0
uplink DTX
Mandatory Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) Max 2 Coded 2
rules
External DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR
comment
Internal this parameter is used to set the value of the DTX field in cell Options (BCCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3 and in cell Options
comment (SACCH) IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases
Needed for MPDCH feature.
The DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.
Logical name E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD HMI name E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of received radio blocks for an EGPRS TBF after which E_TX_EFFICIENCY is Cell Type No
computed. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
Rec None Application E-GPRS Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EBS HMI name Excess Burst Size B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Excess Burst Size. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit kbyte
reference access
Mandatory CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 Max 248 Coded 248
rulesRecommended CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC EBS=ACCESS_RATE_BC(expressed in kbit/s) / 8, if CIR=0
rules Def value None Coded Def
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor HMI name EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this Cell Type No
parameter defines the ratio between the number of transmitted RLC data blocks necessary to Sub-syste MFS RMS No
request for a EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window
size Instance MFS
Rec None Application E-GPRS Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules step size =0.01 Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite HMI name EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter Cell Type No
defines the downlink EGPRS ARQ period factor: Acknowledgement period over window size Sub-syste MFS RMS No
ratio.
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size: 0.01 Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result.
comment
Logical name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT HMI name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition For a DL EGPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater Cell Type No
terrestrial link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink Sub-syste MFS RMS No
ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio
interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in Instance MFS
conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released.
Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application E-GPRS Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
rules
External If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
comment EGPRS_N3105_Limit has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.The polling frequency
depends on Ack_factor, T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH.
Internal --
comment
Logical name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE HMI name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLIT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition For a DL EGPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite E Cell Type
No
link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before
triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the Instance MFS
MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released.
Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application E-GPRS Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
rules
External If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but
comment TBF release. EGPRS_N3105_Limit_Satellite has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.The
polling frequency depends on Ack_factor, T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH.
comment
Logical name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor HMI name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this Cell Type No
parameter defines the ratio between the number of received RLC data blocks necessary to Sub-syste MFS RMS No
send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite HMI name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter Cell Type No
defines the ratio between the number of received RLC data blocks necessary to send a Packet Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Uplink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTI HMI name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
ON(MFS) CTION Cell Type No
activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC) Max 2 Coded 2
External If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS or NC2 mode of operation for all MS", the 3G
the SI2ter message has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections.
Internal This parameter is not relevant from MR4 (not used by BSC/MFS MR4 even if still send by the OMC for BSS pre-MR4). From B9 MR4, the
comment EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION, defined at cell level, is used by the BSC and MFS (via BSCGP).
Logical name EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING HMI name EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTIN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables autonomous rerouting of DL LLC PDUs. G Cell Type
No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature Coded Def 1
Recommended It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) and the DL PDU rerouting feature
(EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING)
External --
comment
Internal This flag enables the BSS to autonomously reroute pending DL LLC PDUs from the old cell to the new cell (in the same RA) in case there
comment is a NSE change and the SGSN does not support the inter-NSE rerouting optional R4 feature.
Logical name EN_CBL HMI name EN_CBL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition This flag enables / disables CBL feature (Leaky Bucket Synchronisation) Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_CONV_GPS HMI name EN_CONV_GPS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method Conventional GPS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK HMI name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC acknowledged mode. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: Disable; 1: Enable Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended If EN_STREAMING = 1 then it is recommended to set EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK to Coded Def 1
Recommended If EN_STREAMING = 1 then it is recommended to set EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK to Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules TRUE in order to activate the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a
suitable level regarding the level of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the
streaming PFCs can be downgraded to the Default Best Effort ABQP because the
negotiated GBR cannot be reached on the radio interface.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK HMI name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC unacknowledged Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: Disable; 1: Enable Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING HMI name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables rerouting of DL LLC PDUs. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External This parameter locks only the rerouting part of the feature. It has no effect on the securisation part.
comment This parameter applies to both, intra-NSE and inter-NSE cell change.
Internal Category in B7.2: System(CST) + None(DLS).
comment
Logical name EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS HMI name EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables downlink retransmission in the BTS. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
Rec None Application E-GPRS Categor Network (CDE)
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External DL retransmission in the BTS will be disabled by the MFS in the cells mapped to non Evolium BTSs or in cells having an Abis or an Ater
comment satellite link (whatever the TRE type G3 or G4). In a cell with terrestrial Abis and Ater links, this feature is disabled for G3 TREs only.
Internal The feature shall be disabled by the MFS :
comment - on a TRX when the hardware capability is set to CS-1 up to CS-4 (I.e. a TRX mapped onto a G3 TRE in the BTS)
- in a cell when the cell round_trip_delay parameter indicates an Abis or Ater satellite link
Logical name EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF HMI name EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to disable/enable the extended TBF mode feature on the uplink Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended -It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature Coded Def 0
Recommended -It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) and the DL PDU rerouting feature
(EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING)
- if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled and if RA capability update is supported by SGSN,
then the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must be enabled.
The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only if the parameter
EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled.
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS HMI name EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates whether or not one Slave PDCH is available for (E)GPRS traffic in the cell SS Cell Type
No
(fast initial PS access feature).
- In a Non Evolium BTS, that corresponds to an established PDCH being able to support Sub-syste MFS RMS No
incoming (E)GPRS traffic. Instance cell
- In an Evolium BTS, that corresponds to a PDCH being able to support incoming (E)GPRS
traffic, that PDCH being located on an established TRX (i.e. the TRX owns an M-EGCH link)
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: disabled, Min value 0 Coded 0
1: enabled
Mandatory MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended --
Recommended MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. --
rules
External Better performances for service access time will be obtained when this parameter is set to enabled, but one PDCH will always be
comment established in the cell. A compromise has to be made by the operator between performance gain and the cost of radio and terrestrial
resources. This compromise becomes of higher importance in case of a cell connected through a satellite link due to the higher GPRS
access time with satellite links, but also the higher cost of transmission links.
Internal If this flag is enabled, it guarantees that the concerned cell is able to convey GPRS traffic and that an UL TBF might be established without
comment further delay.
Logical name EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED HMI name EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to disable/enable the transmission of USF every 20ms in extended mode Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External The parameter is significant only if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_FULL_IR_DL HMI name EN_FULL_IR_DL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the downlink TBF in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Disable the "full" IR, so : Incremental Redundancy with resegmentation allowed in DL, Min value 0 Coded 0
1: Enable the "full" IR, so, Incremental Redundancy without resegmentation in DL
rulesRecommended To allow the best throughput in DL, it is strongly recommended to set this parameter to 0 Coded Def 0
Recommended To allow the best throughput in DL, it is strongly recommended to set this parameter to 0 Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules i.e. to not forbid the resegmentation.
External --
comment
Internal This parameter was previously named "EN_IR" wich lead to misunderstanding. In fact, IR is always activated (it is a mandatory feature for
comment the MS). When this parameter is set to 1, the RLC resegmentation is not allowed, meaning that, in case of degradation of the radio
conditions, the IR would permit to continue the transfer on a high MCS. In fact, with the IR implementation of the MS, it appeared that this
hypothesis was not true and the best throughput is obtained if the resegmentation is allowed (so, the possibility to decrease the MCS).
Logical name EN_IR_UL HMI name EN_IR_UL B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/Disables Incremental redundancy for the uplink TBF in the BSS. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Disable, 1: Enable Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC Coded Def 0
Recommended Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules resegmentation in uplink (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL), Alcatel recommends to enable
first the Incremental Redundancy in Uplink. The activation of both at the same time may
reduce the gain of the Incremental Redundancy
External The Incremental Redundancy for the uplink TBF feature is supported only on G4 BTSs.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_LCS (MFS) HMI name EN_LCS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to EN_LCS (BSC) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS HMI name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method MS Assisted A-GPS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_MS_BASED_AGPS HMI name EN_MS_BASED_AGPS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method MS Based A-GPS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_NACC HMI name EN_NACC B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables the Network Assisted Cell Change feature. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1:enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msec Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then EN_NACC = 0 -- Coded Def 0
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR HMI name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the Cell Type No
serving cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered Min value 0 Coded 0
1: Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered
rulesRecommended In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. Coded Def 0
Recommended In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is up to the operator to ensure that at least
one NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet
Measurement Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 can be
always activated by setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always).
External An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the serving cell
comment even if the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry PS
traffic (for instance a macro cell).
Internal This parameter shall also be valid for external cells.
comment
Logical name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n) HMI name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR( B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the n) Cell Type
No
serving cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Disable Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered Min value 0 Coded 0
1: Enable Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered
rules EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is up to the operator to ensure that at least
one NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet
Measurement Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 can be
always activated by setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always).
External An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the serving cell
comment even if the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry PS
traffic (for instance a macro cell).
comment
Logical name EN_PFC_FEATURE HMI name EN_PFC_FEATURE B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/disables the support of the PFC negotiation feature. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 1 => PFC feature is supported, Min value 0 Coded 0
0 => PFC feature is not supported
rules
External Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS.
comment
comment
Logical name EN_PSI_STATUS HMI name EN_PSI_STATUS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables the Packet SI Status feature in cells w/o PBCCH or the Packet PSI Status feature in Cell Type No
cells with a PBCCH. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1:enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msec Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then EN_PSI_STATUS = 0 -- Coded Def 0
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_PSI3_Coding2 HMI name EN_PSI3_Coding2 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables the use of the optional neighbour cell parameters 2 structure in the coding of Cell Type No
PSI3bis messages Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment The neighbour cell parameters 2 provides a shorter coding of neighbour cells parameters which improves the cell reselection duration.
Logical name EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE HMI name EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable/disable the Radio Acces Capability update on Gb Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended This parameter must be enabled if RA capability update is supported by SGSN and if it Coded Def 0
Recommended This parameter must be enabled if RA capability update is supported by SGSN and if it Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules exists, at least, one cell where EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled.
The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only if the parameter
EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled.
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL HMI name EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the uplink TBF in the BSS Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC Coded Def 0
Recommended Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules resegmentation in uplink (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL), Alcatel recommends to enable
first the Incremental Redundancy in Uplink. The activation of both at the same time may
reduce the gain of the Incremental Redundancy
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_SAGI HMI name EN_SAGI B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag indicating whether SAGI (interface with the A-GPS server) is configured or not for this BSS. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_SOLSA HMI name EN_SOLSA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE. Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal Used to determine O&M parameter SOLSA_FUNCT_LEVEL.
comment
Logical name EN_SOLSA(n) HMI name EN_SOLSA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is
comment autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell.
Internal --
comment
Logical name EN_STREAMING HMI name EN_STREAMING B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Enables/disables the support of the STREAMING flows. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R Changeable Type Flag Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 1 => the cell supports the streaming flows in addition to the non real time flows (best effort, Min value 0 Coded 0
interactive, background) if EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the
SGSN is successful
0 => the cell supports the non real time flows (best effort, interactive, background) if
EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the SGSN is successful
Mandatory - Can be enabled only if the BTS Generation = Evolium Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended - If EN_STREAMING = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 0 If this parameter is set to 1 then :
Recommended - When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then EN_STREAMING = 0 If this parameter is set to 1 then :
rules - the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must also be set to 1 (enabled). Otherwise the
BSS will not be able to handle streaming flow. If this rule is not respected then all PFC Def value 0 Coded Def 0
creation requests related to a streaming flow will be downgraded to the default best effort
flow by the BSS.
- the parameter EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK must also set to TRUE in order to activate
the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a suitable level regarding the
level of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the streaming PFCs can be
External --
comment
comment
Logical name EN_UL_CONGESTION HMI name EN_UL_CONGESTION B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Flag to enable or disable the UL congestion process in case of UL NS congestion. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1:enable Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name FDD_GPRS_Qoffset HMI name FDD_GPRS_Qoffset B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells Cell Type No
for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection in GPRS Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Packety system information management OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dB
reference access
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC Min value -32 Coded 0
0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible
1: -28: -28 dB
2: -24: -24 dB
3: -20: -20 dB
4: -16: -16 dB
5: -12: -12 dB
6: -8: -8 dB
7: -4: -4 dB
8: 0: 0 dB
9: 4: 4 dB
10: 8: 8 dB
11: 12: 12 dB
12: 16: 16 dB
13: 20: 20 dB
14: 24: 24 dB
15: 28: 28 dB
rules
External This parameter is broadcast on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
comment
comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of 32, but the corresponding text always select a 3G cell if possible
Logical name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC HMI name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Safety factor to size BVC_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS HMI name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Safety factor to size default MS_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb Cell Type No
interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS should be set to a value corresponding to the maximum multi-slot Coded Def 40
Recommended FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS should be set to a value corresponding to the maximum multi-slot Def value 4 Coded Def 40
rules class of the MS present on the network
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name FR_INFO_SIZE HMI name Info Frame size B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum frame relay information frame size. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) HMI name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
Spec Normal assignment OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: Min value 0 Coded 0
EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits
as a provision for future frequency bands support.
Mandatory - If FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to Max 6 Coded 6
rulesRecommended "Concentric". --
Recommended - The micro concentric, mini concentric and indoor concentric cells must be multiband (the --
rules allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800). This restriction
- In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = EGSM or EGSM-DCS1800, the BCCH ARFCN
belonging to the G1 band may be selected by the operator, only if
EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells, only in the outer zone. These
- The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of
the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as
belonging to the same frequency range.
External Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell shall be selected among one of the following values:
comment - PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to
"GSM900 and DCS1800 bands",
- GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands",
- GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands.
Internal Values 4 and "5" are for Multiband cells. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.
comment
Logical name GAMMA_TNx HMI name GAMMA_TNx B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Binary representation of the gamma ch for MS output power control. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits, step size=2dB, with 00000 == 0 dB, 00001 == 2 dB, ... 11111 == 62 dB. Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External In the context of a concentric cell, the parameter applies to the outer zone.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_U HMI name GCH_RED_FACTOR_HiAter B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
sage Cell Type No
Definition Reduction factor of the number of GCHs targeted per PDCH, when the Ater usage is high.
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.01 Min value 0,1 Coded 10
rulesRecommended A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of Coded Def 75
Recommended A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of Def value 0,75 Coded Def 75
rules Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will avoid reaching the saturation point of 100% of the Ater
resources used at the same moment in the GPU).
Reciprocally, a high value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a
low value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will limit the risks of wasting, i.e. of not using, Ater
resources in the GPU).
External The GCH reduction factor applies to the new PDCHs which are used when the Ater usage is high (see the Ater_Usage_Threshold
comment parameter). This parameter can be reduced in order to avoid Ater shortage situations.
Internal --
comment
Logical name GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_ HMI name Geographical Coordinates B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
FLAG Cell Type No
Definition Indicates whether latitude and longitude are significant or not.
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: not significant, 1: significant Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter allows the SMLC to know whether the geographical coordinates sent by the OMC-R are significant or not.
comment
Logical name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTE HMI name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYST B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
RESIS ERESIS Cell Type No
Definition Additional hysteresis which applies in Ready state for cells in same RA.
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dB
reference access
Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001= 2 dB, 111=14 dB Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name GPRS_DL_Ack_period HMI name GPRS_DL_Ack_period B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter Cell Type No
defines the number of transmitted radio blocks necessary to request a Packet Downlink Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External The value of this parameter is linked with N3105_Limit.
comment
Internal It is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 12 if the MSs used in the network are able to manage two polling requests at a given
comment instant. Otherwise, it is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 16.
The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 12 allows not blocking the RLC transmission window in case of Packet DL Ack/Nack message is
lost on the radio interface or is replaced by a Packet Measurement Report message (if NC2 is activated).
The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 16 ensures that in most of the cases the MSs only manage one polling request at a given instant.
Logical name GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite HMI name GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter Cell Type No
defines the number of transmitted radio blocks necessary to request a Packet Downlink Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External The value of this parameter is linked with N3105_Limit_Satellite.
comment
comment It is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 12 if the MSs used in the network are able to manage two polling requests at a
given instant. Otherwise, it is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 16.
The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 12 allows not blocking the RLC transmission window in case of Packet DL Ack/Nack
message is lost on the radio interface or is replaced by a Packet Measurement Report message (if NC2 is activated).
The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 16 ensures that in most of the cases the MSs only manage one polling request at a given
Logical name GPRS_HCS_THR HMI name HCS_THR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition HCS signal strength. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Min value -110 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name GPRS_HCS_THR(n) HMI name HCS_THR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition HCS signal strength. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Min value -110 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH HMI name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 Min value 5 Coded 19
The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band:
P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.
dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
15: 0 dBm.
rules
Internal 1) This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell.
comment
2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = 0.
By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency
band.
Logical name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) HMI name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 Min value 5 Coded 19
The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band:
P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.
dBm, 19: 5 dBm.
15: 0 dBm.
rules
Internal 1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell.
comment
band.
Logical name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_ HMI name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
VALUE _VALUE Cell Type No
Definition Default value of the (E)GPRS multislot class assumed at TBF establishment when the actual
MS (E)GPRS multislot class is unknown. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
- In an Evolium BTS : Instance BSS

The default MS class is used as an input of the best candidate TBF allocation computation
process when the MS class is not known on UL TBF establishment
- In a Non Evolium BTS :
The default MS class is used as an input of the best candidate TBF allocation computation
process when the MS class is not known on UL TBF establishment.
In the PDCH anticipation process on UL TBF establishment : the default MS class is used to
determine how many PDCHs are established in advance to anticipate the concurrent DL TBF
establishment.
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Only the following GPRS multislot class defined in 3GPP TS 05.02 annex B are allowed: Min value 1 Coded 1
1: GPRS multislot class 1 (1+1 MS);
8: GPRS multislot class 8 (4+1 MS).
rules
External The entered value is assumed by default at uplink TBF establishment when the actual MS multislot class is unknown (e.g. access on
comment CCCH) in order to work out the number of timeslots anticipated for the likely forthcoming downlink TBF. Otherwise, the multislot class
received in the request for uplink TBF establishment is taken into account.
In case the traffic is mainly signalling (majority of RA Updates), Ater congestion may be encountered because the transmission resources
are allocated in advance, based on the value of GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE parameter. Indeed, once the traffic type is
confirmed signalling, these resources are de-allocated, but at T_PDCH_Inactivity timer expiry, as a consequence, in this case, the
transmission resources are allocated even if they are not used during several seconds. In this case, it is advised to reduce the value of the
Internal --
comment
Logical name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n) HMI name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET is active in neighbour cells. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size = 10 sec, coded on 5 bits (00000 = 10 sec, 11111 = 320 sec) Min value 10 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS HMI name PRIORITY_CLASS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition HCS priority of the cell, used in NC0. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 3 bits. Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n) HMI name PRIORITY_CLASS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition HCS priority of the adjacent cell, used in NC0. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n) HMI name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Permanent offset for GPRS cell reselection in neighbour cells. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded on 5 bits (00000 = -52 dB, 11111 = 48 dB) Min value -52 Coded 0
00000= -52; 00001= -48; 00010= -44; 00011= -40; 00100= -36; 00101= -32; 00110= -28;
00111= -24; 01000= -20; 01001= -16; 01010= -12; 01011= -10; 01100= - 8; 01101= - 6;
01110= - 4; 01111= - 2; 10000= 0; 10001= 2; 10010= 4; 10011= 6; 10100= 8; 10101=10;
10110= 12; 10111= 16; 11000= 20; 11001= 24; 11010= 28; 11011= 32; 11100= 36;
11101= 40; 11110= 44; 11111= 48
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN HMI name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1 dBm, coded on 6 bits (000000 = -110 dBm, 111111 = -47 dBm) Min value -110 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) HMI name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system in neighbour cells. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm Min value -110 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) HMI name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Negative offset used for MS cell reselection process in neighbour cells. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Possible values : 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinity respectively binary coded as 000, 001, , Min value 0 Coded 0
111
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name GPRS_UL_Ack_period HMI name GPRS_UL_Ack_period B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter Cell Type No
defines the number of received radio blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in Sub-syste MFS RMS No
acknowledged mode.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size =1 Min value 3 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite HMI name GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter Cell Type No
defines the number of received radio blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in Sub-syste MFS RMS No
acknowledged mode.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size =1 Min value 3 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH HMI name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Antenna half power beam for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute Cell Type No
location estimate based on TA positionning method). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: half power beam width unknown, 1: 1 degree,, 360: 360 degree (omnidirectional cell) Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROU HMI name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGR B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
ND_PRIORITY OUND_PRIORITY Cell Type No
Definition Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence
parameter set to high Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIO HMI name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PR B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
RITY IORITY Cell Type No
Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name HIGH_THRES_B_MAX HMI name highThresBmax B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is applied. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Mandatory LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX Max 70 Coded 70
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL HMI name INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag determines whether the MS shall perform interference measurements on other IL Cell Type
No
channels.
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : no interference measurement, 1 : interference measurement Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name K_AVG_L HMI name K_AVG_L B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal Quality strength filter constant. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name K_AVG_Q HMI name K_AVG_Q B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Quality Signal strength filter constant. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name K_GSL (MFS) HMI name K_GSL (MFS) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
- K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all cells of the MFS.
- K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the
External This parameter shall be equal to K_GSL (BSC).
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name LAC (MFS) HMI name Location Area Code (LAC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended Equal to LAC (BSC) -- Coded Def
65535
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name LAC(n) HMI name LAC(n) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Max 65535 Coded 65535
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name LCS_AZIMUTH HMI name AZIMUTH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Antenna direction orientation for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute Cell Type No
location estimate based on TA positionning method). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: 0 degree,, 359: 359 degree, 360: omnidirectional cell Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External 0 corresponds to the North orientation and is counted clockwise.
comment
Internal This parameter is considered as being significant as soon as the geographical coordinates are significant.
comment
Logical name LCS_LATITUDE HMI name LATITUDE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Latitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based Cell Type No
on TA positionning method). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec LCS Functional Specification OMC-R Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Sequence of: Min value 0,0,0,false Coded
- number of degrees (from 0 to 90)
- number of minutes (from 0 to 59)
- number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999)
- direction (boolean, true for South and false for North)
Mandatory -- Max 90,59,9999,true Coded
rules
External 1) 0 latitude corresponds to the Equator;
comment 2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Latitude".
Internal 1) This parameter is significant only when GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG is set to true;
comment 2) the coding rules are only valid for MFS-OMC interface. The coding for OMC-R HMI is different due to the REAL numbers management
Logical name LCS_LONGITUDE HMI name LONGITUDE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Longitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based Cell Type No
on TA positionning method). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec LCS Functional Specification OMC-R Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Sequence of: Min value 0,0,0,false Coded
- number of degrees (from 0 to 180)
- number of minutes (from 0 to 59)
- number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999)
- direction (boolean, true for West and false for East)
Mandatory -- Max 180,59,9999,tru Coded
rulesRecommended -- e Coded Def
rules
External 1) 0 longitude corresponds to the Greenwich Meridian;
comment 2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Longitude".
Internal 1) This parameter is significant only when GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG is set to true;
comment 2) the coding rules are only valid for MFS-OMC interface. The coding for OMC-R HMI is different due to the REAL numbers management
Logical name Length_On_Going_Requests_List HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_Li B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

A_GP stA_GP Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of on-going requests in list A. List A is used for on-going requests towards
the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Request, GIC Group Sub-syste MFS RMS No
State Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name Length_On_Going_Requests_List HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_Li B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
A_GPU stA_GPU Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of on-going requests in list A. List A is used for on-going requests towards
the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Request, GIC Group Sub-syste MFS RMS No
State Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Length_On_Going_Requests_List HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_Li B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
B_GP stB_GP Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of on-going requests in list B. List B is used for on-going requests towards
the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset, BSS Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request, Stop
GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Configuration Request Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name Length_On_Going_Requests_List HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_Li B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
B_GPU stB_GPU Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of on-going requests in list B. List B is used for on-going requests towards
the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset, BSS Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request, Stop
GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Configuration Request. Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Length_Suspended_Requests_Qu HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_ B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
eueA_GP QueueA_GP Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of suspended requests in queue A. Queue A is used for suspended
requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Request, GIC Group State Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission
Deallocation Command Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment 264 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS
Logical name Length_Suspended_Requests_Qu HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_ B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
eueA_GPU QueueA_GPU Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of suspended requests in queue A. Queue A is used for suspended
requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Request, GIC Group State Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission
Deallocation Command. Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal 264 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS.
comment
Logical name Length_Suspended_Requests_Qu HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_ B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
eueB_GP QueueB_GP Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of suspended requests in queue B. Queue B is used for suspended
requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, Sub-syste MFS RMS No
BSC Reset, BSS Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC
State Request, Stop GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Configuration Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment 264 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS
Logical name Length_Suspended_Requests_Qu HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_ B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
eueB_GPU QueueB_GPU Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of suspended requests in queue B. Queue B is used for suspended
requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, Sub-syste MFS RMS No
BSC Reset, BSS Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC
State Request, Stop GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Configuration Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal 264 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS
comment
Logical name LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROU HMI name LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGR B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
ND_PRIORITY OUND_PRIORITY Cell Type No
parameter set to low Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIO HMI name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRI B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
RITY ORITY Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name LOW_THRES_B_MAX HMI name lowThresBmax B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is no more Cell Type No
applied. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Mandatory LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX Max 50 Coded 50
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name LSA_ID_array (MFS) HMI name LSA_ID_I B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC) Max 16777215 Coded 16777215
rulesRecommended The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN Coded Def 16777215
Recommended The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN Def value 16777215 Coded Def 16777215
rules significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03.
External The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only.
comment
Internal The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage limitation in the BSC.
comment The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value for implementation purpose.
Logical name LSA_ID_array (n) HMI name LSA_ID_I(n) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5). Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is
comment autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell.
Internal The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value for implementation purpose.
comment
Logical name MATE_CI (MFS) HMI name MATE_CI B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Cell Identity of the Mate cell Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Not linked to a document OMC-R Changeable Type Reference Unit None
reference access
Mandatory MATE_CI (MFS) shall not be equal to 1 for unlocked extended inner/outer cells Max 65535 Coded 65535
rulesRecommended Equal to MATE_CI (BSC) --
Recommended The mate cell shall be PS capable (TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) --
rules
External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes
comment
comment The value 1 is applicable to normal cells and to extended inner/outer cells, which have been created before B9MR3 (and currently locked)
Logical name MAX_ADJ_CELL HMI name MAX_ADJ_CELL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Maximum number of adjacent cells for 1 cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment In B8, the maximum number is 32
Logical name MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY HMI name MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition AGCH queuing time. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0.1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_BLER HMI name MAX_BLER B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum mean BLER value that a TBF can possibly reach Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0,05 Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External The MAX_BLER value is used by RRM to evaluate the minimum number of GCHs necessary to support RT traffic on a TRX.
comment
comment
Logical name MAX_CTXT_MS_GP HMI name MAX_CTXT_MS_GP B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of MS context per GP board. Cell Type No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
Spec GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU HMI name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of MS context per GPU board. Cell Type No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 1000
comment I-GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 1000
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GP HMI name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GP B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of TBF context per GP board. Cell Type No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPU HMI name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPU B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of TBF context per GPU board. Cell Type No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP HMI name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of TRX contexts per GP board Cell Type No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPU HMI name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPU B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of TRX contexts per GPU board. Cell Type No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH HMI name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of DownLink (E)GPRS TBFs per Slave PDCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal 1) The maximum value of MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH (i.e. 10) is hard coded in PTU SW of the MFS.
comment
Logical name MAX_EGPRS_MCS HMI name MAX_EGPRS_MCS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for EGPRS traffic in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Not linked to a document OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: MCS-1; Min value 1 Coded 0
1: MCS-2;
2: MCS-3;
3: MCS-4;
4: MCS-5;
5: MCS-6;
6: MCS-7;
7: MCS-8;
8: MCS-9;
Mandatory MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_DL_INIT_MCS Max 9 Coded 8
rulesRecommended MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_UL_INIT_MCS R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate
Recommended When cell_type = extended outer, then MAX_EGPRS_MCS <= MCS-4 R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate
rules corresponding to MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. if MAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 =>
R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be higher than 59,2kbps). Def value 9 Coded Def 8
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_GCH_DSP HMI name MAX_GCH_DSP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of GCH 16 kbit/s handled by a DSP. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS.
comment
Logical name MAX_GCH_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_GCH_DSP_GP B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of GCH 16 kbit/s handled by a DSP Cell Type No
Instance DSP
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS
Logical name Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans HMI name Max_GPRS_assign_AGCH_retra B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH, after which ns Cell Type
No
the complete DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable Sub-syste MFS RMS No
only if the Immediate Assignment message has already been sent on AGCH for a MS in
non-DRX mode. Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission) Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows:
comment T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1)
A period lower than 200 ms may lead to the sending of two Packet DL Assignment messages although the first assignment is correctly
acknowledged by the MS. This behaviour has no consequence, the DL TBF begins after the reception of the first Packet Control Ack
messages.
Logical name Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans HMI name Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retran B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH after which s Cell Type
No
the complete DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable Sub-syste MFS RMS No
only if the Immediate Assignment message has already been sent on PCH for a MS in DRX
mode. Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission) Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1) >= 300 ms.
The Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retrans parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.
Logical name MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime HMI name MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Indicates the maximum time a LLC PDU may remain in queue in the BSS (MFS) even if Cell Type No
"infinity" as been indicated by the SGSN. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_MPDCH_DSP HMI name MAX_MPDCH_DSP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a DSP. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 60
comment I-GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 60
comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
Logical name MAX_MPDCH_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_MPDCH_DSP_GP B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a DSP. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment Needed for MPDCH feature.
This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
Logical name Max_Nb_Tcorr_Start HMI name Max_Nb_Tcorr_Start B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of consecutive times the timer Tcorr can be started for the same (ME)GCH Cell Type No
link. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS MFS-BTS interface - MEGCH stack OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE HMI name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of CS+PS paging messages stored in GPU. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec Overload Control and CPU power budget OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
rulesRecommended Paging Rate = 100 paging/s AND Queueing Time = 5s Coded Def 500
Recommended Paging Rate = 100 paging/s AND Queueing Time = 5s Def value 500 Coded Def 500
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_PDCH HMI name MAX_PDCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS in the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD; Max 127 Coded 127
rulesRecommended If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ; In a micro cell, the operator may be interested to force the MS to reselect a macro cell by a
Recommended If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE; In a micro cell, the operator may be interested to force the MS to reselect a macro cell by a
rules If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_EGPRS = FALSE; correct setting of the cell reselection parameters broadcast on PBCCH (without using NC
cell reselections, i.e. when EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR is set to 0 and
If EN_VGCS = enabled, then (MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC0 in the micro cell). In this
case, the
cell following configuration is recommended: NB_TS_MPDCH = 1, MAX_PDCH = 2,
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 1, MIN_PDCH = 1.
If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2.
The aim of this rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking
and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH =
0 (i.e. GPRS is not allowed)
MAX_PDCH shall be set so that at least one slave PDCH can be allocated to the MFS to serve
DL or UL TBFs. This means that MAX_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_GPRS = TRUE.
When Max_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then MAX_PDCH
shall be an even number.
The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of
MAX_PDCH:
comment
To support LCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_PDCH > 0
Internal 1) this parameter is available in the BSC through the BSCGP interface;
comment 2) the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.
m template
Logical name MAX_PDCH_DSP HMI name MAX_PDCH_DSP B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of PDCHs handled by a DSP Cell Type No
Instance DSP Min
Rec TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. None Application GPRS Categor System (CST)
value Max
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS
comment
Logical name MAX_PDCH_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_PDCH_DSP_GP B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of PDCHs handled by a DSP Cell Type No
Instance DSP
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS
3) The cell is not created into the MFS, if Max_PDCH = 0
4) The conditions to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH are not fully optimized here. Indeed, ideally they should be performed taking into
account the number of slave PDCHs defined in the cell. However, implementing checks on a timeslot basis would degrade O&M
Edition 14 Releasedperformance. The proposed checks are therefore seen as a good tradeoff between the O&M performance and optimized checks. BSS Telecom
parameters3BK 11203 0103 DSZZA Page 560
Logical name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD HMI name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS when the CS Cell Type No
traffic is high. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory - MAX_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD Max 127 Coded 127
rulesRecommended - MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH --
Recommended - If EN_STREAMING = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 0 --
rules The real time radio resources are allocated only on the first MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD
available timeslots of the cell.
- When Max_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 0 and cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD shall be an even number
External 127 is a theoretical value: 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.
comment
Internal 1) This parameter is available in the BSC through the BSCGP interface;
comment 2) the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.-
Logical name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF HMI name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Maximum number of PDCHs allocated to a single (E)GPRS connection. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GP HMI name MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GP B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of PFC per GP board. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU HMI name MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of PFC per GPU board Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU HMI name MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of PFC per GPU board Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences HMI name Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of paging occurrences tested for the sending of a paging or a Packet Cell Type No
Downlink Assignment when the addressed MS is in DRX mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime HMI name Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time limit for the sending of a paging or a Packet Downlink Assignment when the addressed Cell Type No
MS is in non DRX mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
Coding rules step size: 100 ms Min value 100 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY HMI name MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition PPCH queuing time. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External Used to evaluate the MS DRX mode
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR HMI name MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Factor used in the computation of the maximum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.05 Min value 0.5 Coded 10
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Max_Rate_Safety HMI name Max_Rate_Safety B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Safety factor to compensate the Max_Rate_PDCH in the calculation of BVC_Bucket_Size and Cell Type No
MS_Bucket_Size, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
Rec 3GPP TS 08.18 Application GPRS Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal In case of perfect radio condition and there is only one MS on each allocated PDCH, this parameter is used to artificially decrease the radio
comment efficiency in order to avoid the underflow situation of BVC buffer and MS buffer.
Logical name Max_Resel_Duration HMI name Max_Resel_Duration B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines targeted maximum duration of a cell reselection. Corresponds to the scheduling Cell Type No
period of Low Rate PSI messages. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec
reference access
0: Low Rate PSI period = High Rate PSI period
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Max_retrans (MFS) HMI name MAX_RETRANS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH, Cell Type No
broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Min value 1 Coded 0
Mandatory Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Max 7 Coded 3
rules
comment
comment
Logical name MAX_RETRANS_1 HMI name MAX_RETRANS_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the Cell Type No
PRACH with priority level 1. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Min value 1 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name Max_retrans_DL HMI name Max_retrans_DL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of DL TBF establishment retries Cell Type No
(max_Retrans_Dl is decremented each time the DL TBF establishment procedure is started Sub-syste MFS RMS No
from the beginning).
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Possible values: 0 to 7. Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF Coded Def 3
Recommended N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF Def value 3 Coded Def 3
rules Max_Retrans_DL:maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL TBF
In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with loss of the
Packet Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to
be released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the
emission of a Radio Status.
Consequently the following rule has to be followed:
(N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60)
N3103_Limit + 1:total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack
RTD: Round Trip Delay
60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used
Max_Retrans_DL:total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet DL Assignment
60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used
--> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60)
--> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1)
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_RETRANS_PAGING_EXT HMI name MAX_RETRANS_PAGING_EXT B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of Paging Request sent to the MS in an extended cell. This parameter Cell Type No
is used only when the MS didnt answer to any Packet DL Assignment message . Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 means no Paging Request. Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment The first Paging request sending is counted in the parameter value.
Logical name MAX_Retrans_SIG HMI name MAX_Retrans_SIG B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Maximum number of retransmissions of a Packet TBF Release message, of a Packet Cell Type No
Measurement Order message with a 3G search deactivation command, or of a Packet Cell Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Change Order message following a non-reception of the Packet Control Acknowledgement
message. This parameter is also used to define the maximum number of retransmissions of Instance MFS
a Packet Measurement Order message with a NC2 activation command following the
non-reception of a Packet Measurement Report message.
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size: 1 Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP HMI name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks stocked in a DSP, used for all coding schemes. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
comment
Logical name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP_GP B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks stocked in a DSP, used for all coding schemes. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Logical name MAX_TBF_DSP HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of (E)GPRS connections handled by a DSP. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can
comment be simultaneously established in the DSP.
Logical name MAX_TBF_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP_GP B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Maximum number of (E)GPRS connections handled by a DSP Cell Type No
Instance DSP
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can
be simultaneously established in the DSP.
Logical name MAX_TRX_DSP HMI name MAX_TRX_DSP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of TRX handled by a DSP. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.
comment
Logical name MAX_TRX_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_TRX_DSP_GP B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of TRX handled by a DSP. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Logical name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH HMI name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of UpLink (E)GPRS TBFs per slave PDCH. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal 1) The maximum value of MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH (i.e. 6) is hard coded in PTU SW of the MFS.
comment
Logical name MCC (MFS) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Set by Create Type Reference Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended - MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS). --
PLMNs.
External The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
comment
Internal The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
comment catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the own PLMN set.
Logical name MCC(n) (MFS) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Country Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended - MCC(n) (BSC) = MCC(n) (MFS) --
The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MCS_AVG_PERIOD HMI name MCS_AVG_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Filtering period used for calculation of the forgetting factor applied to the current UL Cell Type No
MEAN_BEP and CV_BEP samples in the averaging Modulation and Coding Scheme Sub-syste MFS RMS No
adaptation filter
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Reference Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MIN_PDCH HMI name MIN_PDCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum number of master and slave PDCHs that are always allocated to the MFS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory -MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH; Max 127 Coded 127
rulesRecommended -MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; It is recommended to set this parameter to a value smaller than the maximum
number of
Recommended -MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. It is recommended to set this parameter to a value smaller than the maximum
number of
rules -When MIN_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then MIN_PDCH PDCHs that may be allocated in the cell, in order to avoid congestion on
the MFS-BSC
shall be an even number
comment
Internal The MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.
comment
Logical name MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR HMI name MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Factor used in the computation of the minimum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.05 Min value 0.5 Coded 10
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MIN_RLF_TIME_DL HMI name MIN_RLF_TIME_DL B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum time before detecting a radio link failure of a DL TBF, triggered by N3105 or Cell Type No
NstagnatingWindowDL. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
rulesRecommended It is recommended to set a value close to the time of temporary very bad radio conditions Coded Def 40
Recommended It is recommended to set a value close to the time of temporary very bad radio conditions Def value 4000 Coded Def 40
rules that the operator would like to support during a DL TBF. Typically, a few seconds.
External --
comment
Internal The main goal of this mechanism is to avoid spurious abnormal DL TBF releases due to temporary bad radio conditions, e.g. fading holes
comment for slow channel profiles without frequency hopping or shadowing effects for fast.
Logical name MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN HMI name MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum throughput gain required to be provided to the MS when performing a T2 or T3 TBF Cell Type No
reallocation. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
Rec None Application E-GPRS Categor Network (CDE)
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0,1 Min value 0,1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MNC (MFS) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Set by Create Type Reference Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended - MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS). --
PLMNs.
comment The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC.
Internal The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
comment catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set.
Logical name MNC(n) (MFS) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Mobile Network Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended - MNC(n) (BSC) = MNC(n) (MFS) --
The migration rules and the handling of MNC parameter are described here assuming that
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD HMI name MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Duration of the sliding window, used to estimate the average load on MPDCH channels. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rulesRecommended MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to determine Coded Def 30
Recommended MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to determine Def value 30 Coded Def 30
rules signalling load samples period (Sig_Load_Period = MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD /
NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE)
For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period: 30 / 6 = 5s.
External --
comment
Internal Needed for MPDCH load counters.
comment
Logical name MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_ HMI name MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DAT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
LIST A_LIST Cell Type No
Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the types of optional assistance data to be retrieved from the A-GPS
server when using the MS based A-GPS positioning method. The following optional Sub-syste MFS RMS No
assistance data type are considered: Almanac, UTC model, DGPS corrections, reference time,
acquisition assistance, real-time integrity. Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec LCS Functional Specification OMC-R None (DLS) Type Reference Unit None
reference access
Coding rules bit 8 (most significant) and bit 7 are not used (i.e. always set to 0); bit 6=1: real-time integrity is Min value 0 Coded 0
retrieived; bit 5=1: acquisition assistance is retrieived; bit 4=1: reference time is retrieived; bit
3=1: DGPS corrections is retrieived; bit 2=1: UTC model is retrieived; bit 1 (least significant)=1:
Almanac is retrieived.
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_ HMI name MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
PDCH W_PDCH Cell Type No
Definition Time that a Mobile Station is expected to need for switching to the assigned PDCHs after
acknowledging a (re)assignment message (PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT, PACKET Sub-syste MFS RMS No
UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE).
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
rules
External The 3GPP standard mandates the MS to switch to the new resources in 40 msec but some MSs may take longer.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
15: 0 dBm.
rules
Internal 1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell.
comment
band.
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(MFS) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
15: 0 dBm.
rules
Internal 1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell
comment
band.
Logical name MSCR (MFS) HMI name MSCR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC Cell Type No
software. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 = MSC is release 98 or older; 1 = MSC is release 99 onwards Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the MS (MSC Release is broadcast in SI/PSI message) for upper layer protocol
comment between the MS and the MSC.Towards a MSC Release 99 (and newer), the MS is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or
CC messages to the MSC, transparently to the BSS (defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).
Logical name Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_P HMI name Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_ B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

ERIOD PERIOD Cell Type No
Definition RRM reporting period to update the information (per cell) necessary for the Multi-GPU feature.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) HMI name MULTIBAND_REPORTING B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in Cell Type No
MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded over 2 bits: Min value 0 Coded 0
00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC,
irrespective of the band used;
01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of
the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;
10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in
each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;
11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in
each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell.
Mandatory Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) Max 3 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU HMI name N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of free 64k Ater TSs that are kept in reserve in order to be able to serve some Cell Type No
prioritary requests in cells managed by the GPU. The prioritary requests are the GCH Sub-syste MFS RMS No
establishment requests launched when the first TBF has to be established in a cell (useful to
guarantee that MM traffic will be supported in any cell at any time). Instance BSS
Note : In case of non-Evolium BTS, those are PDCHs that will be established instead of
GCHs.
In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU = 0, then no Ater margin is managed.

In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU > 0, RRM will ensure that N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU
64k Ater TSs are always free (i.e. not used by a GCH in the GPU). From then on, only prioritary
requests will be allowed to establish some GCHs (Evolium BTS) / PDCHs (non-Evolium BTS)
with those Ater resources.
Rec Application E-GPRS Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External - Increasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU will make the average number of unused Ater nibbles in the GPU increase. That
comment corresponds to a loss of Ater resources on the field, as the on-going TBF traffic will never benefit from the margin of Ater resources. But,
on the other hand, the likelihood of not serving a prioritary request in the GPU will be become very low.
- Decreasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU (to a non null value) will make it possible that prioritary requests cannot be served in
case several such requests have to be served in a short period of time (i.e. before having had the time to fill the Ater margin up again),
especially if the requests have to be served on several different DSPs (one 64k Ater TS will be consumed by each DSP).
- Setting N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU to 0 will make it possible the cases where prioritary requests cannot be served at all.
Internal --
comment
Logical name N_AVG_I (MFS) HMI name N_AVG_I (MFS) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition N_AVG_I (MFS) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the PSI 13 and PSI1. The (E)GPRS Cell Type No
MS uses it for filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during Sub-syste MFS RMS No
the packet transfer mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output
power control, but also reported to the network and used for performing downlink link Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded on 4 bits Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to N_AVG_I (BSC) Max 15 Coded 15
rules
External --
comment
Internal The Default value 6 has been used by the simulations performed by R&I, see report UTR/C/03/0011/V1 for detail.
comment
Logical name N_BIAS_DETERMINATION HMI name N_BIAS_DETERMINATION B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of kbytes which must be transferred on a TBF before the bias of the on-going user Cell Type No
application is determined. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbyte
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1 kbyte Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External This parameter is used to tune the algorithm, which assesses the bias of the on-going application for a given MS. Each time
comment N_BIAS_DETERMINATION bytes have been transferred in one direction or the other, the MFS compares the number of bytes transferred in
both directions; the direction in which more bytes have been transferred gives the bias of the on-going transfer. The resource reallocation
algorithm attempts to offer the best possible throughput in the direction of the bias depending on the available resources.
The value 0 disables the function (the bias of the on-going application is never assessed and therefore the application is always deemed
downlink biased, except in case the MS context is created upon an UL 2 phase access in which case the bias is uplink).
Internal --
comment
Logical name N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC HMI name N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of bytes which must be transferred on a TBF before the corresponding MS becomes Cell Type No
candidate for resource reallocation. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte
reference access
Coding rules Step size = 100 bytes Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External This parameter shall be big enough to avoid reallocating the resources of MSs that are used only to transfer signalling LLC PDUs or very
comment short transfers. On the other hand, it shall not delay unnecessarily the reallocation for other kinds of traffic. When the parameter is set to 0,
an MS with a TBF in the direction of the bias shall become candidate for resource reallocation as soon as the TBF is established.
Internal --
comment
Logical name N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS HMI name N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Two definitions are possible : Cell Type No
- If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled : number of GCHs required to be Sub-syste MFS RMS No
established due to the Fast Initial PS Access feature,
- If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = "disabled : number of GCHs to keep established Instance MFS
when there is no more (E)GPRS traffic in a cell (while the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer is
running). Those GCHs will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the cell.
Rec Application E-GPRS Categor Network (CDE)
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External This parameter is significant only for Evolium BTSs
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3 HMI name N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the total number of (unsuccessful) T3 radio resource reallocation attempts that are 3 Cell Type
No
allowed to be performed upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer. As soon as Sub-syste MFS RMS No
a T3 radio resource reallocation attempt succeeds, no other attempt is performed (even if less
than N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3 attempts have been performed so far). Instance MFS
The UL-biased MSs and the DL-biased MSs are considered regardless of each other. As a
result, in a given cell, up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3 T3 radio resource
reallocation attempts will be performed upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules The value "0" means that there is no limit on the total number of (unsuccessful) T3 radio Min value 0 Coded 0
resource reallocation attempts performed upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter, with the parameter T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, allows to :
comment - control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T3 TBF reallocations
- and to control the extra CPU load generated by the T3 TBF reallocation attempts (the highest the value of
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3, the highest the generated CPU load).
Logical name N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4 HMI name N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the total number of T4 radio resource reallocation attempts (successful or not) that 4 Cell Type
No
are performed upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules The value "0" means that there is no limit on the total number of T4 radio resource reallocation Min value 0 Coded 0
attempts performed upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer. This also
means that as soon as an MS becomes candidate for T4 reallocation, the MFS will attempt the
radio resource reallocation immediately.
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter, with the parameter T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, allows to :
comment - control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T4 TBF reallocations
- and to control the extra CPU load generated by the T4 TBF reallocation attempts (the highest the value of
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4, the highest the generated CPU load).
Logical name N_PDCH_Release HMI name N_PDCH_Release B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Number of repetitions of a Packet PDCH Release message. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N_SHARED_DTM_INFO HMI name N_SHARED_DTM_INFO B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of lost BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication before the MFS considers Cell Type No
the MS has left dedicated mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name N_SIG_REPEAT HMI name N_SIG_REPEAT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of repetitions of Packet Measurement Order messages with a Reset command, of Cell Type No
Packet Uplink Assignment messages, or of Packet Power Control Timing Advance messages. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
These repetitions are handled by the MAC layer.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT HMI name NstagnatingWindowDL_LIMIT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the maximum number of consecutive Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Cell Type No
EGPRS Packet Downlink ACK/NACK messages reporting the failure of progress of the RLC Sub-syste MFS RMS No
window during the active phase of a downlink TBF, before triggering an abnormal release of
the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to Instance MFS
decide if the DL TBF shall be released.
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT HMI name NstagnatingWindowUL_LIMIT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition NstagnatingWindow limit above which a mono-slot uplink TBF alone on its PDCH shall be Cell Type No
released: the counter is incremented each time a Packet UL Ack/Nack fails in making the RLC Sub-syste MFS RMS No
window progress. For a multi-slot TBF or a TBF which shares its PDCH, the limit is
proportional to the allocated bandwidth at the TBF establishment. Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT HMI name N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition N_UL_Dummy threshold limit above which a uplink TBF shall be released: the counter is Cell Type No
incremented each time the BSS receives a dummy block. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended N_ul_dummy_limit > round trip delay / 20ms Coded Def 15
Recommended N_ul_dummy_limit > round trip delay / 20ms Def value 15 Coded Def 15
rules
External For a multislot TBF, the actual limit is value * n_allocated_TS
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N_UL_Errors_LIMIT HMI name N_UL_Errors_LIMIT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of received erroneous UL RLC blocks above which the uplink TBF is released by the Cell Type No
BSS. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal The counter N_UL_Errors is incremented each time the RLC layer receives an erroneous UL RLC block (for instance when an UL RLC
comment block is received with a wrong UL TFI).
Logical name N200_GSL (MFS) HMI name N200_GSL (MFS) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to N200_GSL (BSC) Max 3 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N201_GSL (MFS) HMI name N201_GSL (MFS) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to N201_GSL (BSC) Max 65535 Coded 65535
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name N3101_LIMIT HMI name N3101_LIMIT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition In an UL TBF tranfer procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally Cell Type No
the UL TBF) when the network receives no valid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS on Sub-syste MFS RMS No
its allocated PDCH.
To note that the counter N3101 can be incremented more than one time per block period. Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition In an UL TBF releasing procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing Cell Type No
abnormally the UL TBF) when the network does not receive a Packet Control Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Acknowledgement from the MS in response of its Packet UL ACK/NACK which specifies the
end of the TBF. Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rulesRecommended N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF Coded Def 1
Recommended N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules Max_Retrans_DL: maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL TBF
In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with loss of the
Packet Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to
be released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the
emission of a Radio Status.
Consequently the following rule has to be followed:
(N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60)
N3103_Limit + 1: total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack
RTD: Round Trip Delay
60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used
Max_Retrans_DL: total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet DL Assignment
60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used

N3103_Limit < (Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60)) - 1
N3103_Limit < [Max_Retrans_DL] - 1
Example:
With Max_Retrans_DL = 3: N3103_Limit < 2 that is N3103_Limit = 1
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition For a DL GPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater Cell Type No
terrestrial link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink Sub-syste MFS RMS No
ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio
interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in Instance MFS
conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released.
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
rules
External If N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
comment N3105_Limit has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions. The polling frequency depends on
GPRS_DL_Ack_Period, T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH.
Internal --
comment
Logical name N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE HMI name N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition For a DL GPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite Cell Type No
link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before
triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the Instance MFS
MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released.
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External If N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF
comment release. N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions. The polling
frequency depends on GPRS_DL_Ack_Period_Satellite, T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per
comment
Logical name N391 HMI name N391 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of polling cycles before Frame Relay " full status enquiry" (see ITU Q.933 Annex A, Cell Type No
A.7). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
Rec ITU Q.933 Annex Application GPRS Categor Network (CDE)
reference A, A.7 domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Error threshold (Frame Relay, see Q.933, Annex A). Cell Type No
Instance MFS
Rec ITU Q.933, Annex Application GPRS Categor Network (CDE)
reference A domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Coded Def 3
Recommended N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Def value 3 Coded Def 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Monitored error counts (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933 Annex A, A.7). Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LIN HMI name NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_L B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of bearer channels per physical line. INE Cell Type No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_P HMI name NB MAX BEARER CHANNELS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
ER_GPU PER GPU Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of Frame Relay bearer channels per GPU.
Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal is linked to the maximum number of HDLC formatters per GPU
comment
Logical name NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES HMI name NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of PCM per GPU for Gb interface. Cell Type No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CH HMI name NB MAX PVC PER BEARER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
ANNEL CHANNEL Cell Type No
Definition Maximum number of PVC per Frame Relay bearer channel.
Instance BC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE HMI name NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of signalling load samples used to estimate the average load on MPDCH channels. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to determine Coded Def 6
Recommended MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to determine Def value 6 Coded Def 6
rules signalling load samples period (Sig_Load_Period = MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD /
NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE)
For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period: 30 / 6 = 5s.
External --
comment
Internal Needed for MPDCH load counters.
comment
Logical name NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS) HMI name NB_TS_MPDCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in Cell Type No
the cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec MFS INITIALISATION OF TELECOM PART OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Mandatory 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled;MIN_PDCH Max 4 Coded 4
rulesRecommended >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. --
Recommended --
rules 2) if the network_operation_mode (MFS) parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the
BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0.
MAX_PDCH:
4) When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0

External The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater through satellite
comment link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the following criteria:
* higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link;
* limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledged
protocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additional
signalling load due toTBF establishments when no MPDCH is established.
Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is:
* for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended;
* for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not recommended.
Internal 1) This parameter is used for the cell/GPU mapping purpose by MFS;
comment
2) The signification of coded value is as follows:
0: MPDCH is not configured in the cell;
1: only one static primary MPDCH is configured in the cell;
2: one static primary MPDCH and one static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell;
Logical name NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR HMI name NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR B8 m Yes B9 Yes template
TRX nb No
Definition Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT2 can be triggered due to the detection Cell Type No
of a better neighbour cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Categor Site (CAE) Min
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Changeable value Type Number Max Unit
dBm
reference access
Coding rules 0: -110 dBm (Never), 1: -109 dBm, ...,63: -47 dBm (Always) (step size = 1 dB) Min value -110 Coded 0
Recommended In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. Def value -47 Coded Def 63
rules EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell
reselection Cause PT2 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR to -110 dBm (Never). The
aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection.
External 1) The specific value of -110 dBm (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselections Cause PT2.
comment 2) The specific value of -47 dBm (Always) systematically allows the triggering of NC cell reselections Cause PT2
Internal --
comment
3: one static primary MPDCH and two static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell;
4: one static primary MPDCH and three static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell.
Logical name NC_DL_RXLEV_THR HMI name NC_DL_RXLEV_THR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT1 is triggered due to a too bad RXLEV Cell Type No
in the downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
reference access
Coding rules 0: -110 dBm (Never), 1: -109 dBm, ...,63: -47 dBm (step size = 1 dB) Min value -110 Coded 0
Recommended In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. Def value -96 Coded Def 14
rules EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to activate NC cell
reselection Cause PT1 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always).
External The specific value of -110 dBm (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT1.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR HMI name NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT3 is triggered due to a too bad Cell Type No
RXQUAL in downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: 0, 0.1, 0.2, , 6.9, 7 Min value 0 Coded 0
(Never).
reselection Cause PT3 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to 7 (Never). The aim of this
recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection.
External The specific value of 7 (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT3.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD HMI name NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum non-DRX period applied by a MS after the sending of a NC measurement report. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules 000:0 ; 001:0,24 ; 010: 0,48; 011: 0,72; 100: 0,96; 101: 1,20; 110: 1,44; 111: 1,92 Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended Shall cover a round trip delay + (P)AGCH queuing time + time for MFS to react to a Packet Coded Def 4
Recommended Shall cover a round trip delay + (P)AGCH queuing time + time for MFS to react to a Packet Def value 0.96 Coded Def 4
rules Measurement Report plus a Packet Cell Change Failure message.
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET HMI name NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition NC ping-pong offset which is applied to the C2 or C32 criterion to disfavour the neighbour Cell Type No
cells during T_NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1 dB Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet idle mode. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92 sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : Min value 0.48 Coded 0
7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) .
rulesRecommended In order to avoid overloading the (P)CCCH with Packet Measurement Report messages Coded Def 7
Recommended In order to avoid overloading the (P)CCCH with Packet Measurement Report messages Def value 61.44 Coded Def 7
rules reported by MS in packet idle mode, it is recommended that the
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD is higher that the GMM Ready timer.
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit sec
reference access
7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) .
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) .
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n) HMI name NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition NC cell reselection offset used for triggering power budget causes. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: -127 dB (Always), 1: -126 dB, , 254: 127 dB, 255: 128 dB (Never) Min value -127 Coded 0
(step size = 1 dB)
rules
External 1) The specific value of 128 dB (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n.
comment 2) The specific value of -127 dB (Always) systematically triggers the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n.
Internal The short name of this parameter displayed in the OMC-R in the Existent Adjacencies table is: NcHyst.
comment
Logical name NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTO HMI name NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Forgetting factor of the filter used to average the NC measurements reported in the Packet OR Cell Type
No
Measurement Report messages.
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External This parameter applies to the serving cell and the neighbour cells.
comment
Internal The default value is recommended for NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T = 0.96 s. It has been obtained so that the coefficient of the filter is
comment twice lower than the forgetting factor after an averaging period of 5 * NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T = 4.8 s. This value is determined as
follows: NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR = 1 (1/2)5
Logical name NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD HMI name NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Period after which a weight of 0.9 s is applied to the current UL or DL RXQUAL samples in the Cell Type No
averaging filter. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit ms
reference access
rules
External This parameter applies to the serving cell.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS HMI name NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Hysteresis to avoid frequent NC cell reselection alarms on the PMU-PTU interface Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size: 0.1 Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal The purpose of this parameter is to avoid frequent exchanges on the PMU-PTU interface to signal that an NC cell reselection alarm has
comment been raised or has disappeared.
Logical name NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR HMI name NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT4 is triggered due to a too bad Cell Type No
RXQUAL in uplink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: 0, 0.1, 0.2, , 6.9, 7 Min value 0 Coded 0
(Never)
reselection Cause PT4 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to 7 (Never). The aim of this
recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection.
External The specific value of 7 (Never) deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT4.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE HMI name NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition NC2 deactivation mode. This parameter defines whether or not the Packet Measurement Cell Type No
Order message with a Reset Command is sent at the end of a packet transfer. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: "NC2 deactivation at the end of the packet transfer". A Packet Measurement Order message Min value 0 Coded 0
is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode at the end of the packet transfer.
1: "NC2 deactivation at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer". No Packet Measurement Order
message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode.
rulesRecommended In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered systematically (i.e. Coded Def 0
Recommended In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered systematically (i.e. Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Disable), the presence of the PBCCH is not mandatory.
However, the following recommendations apply, depending on the presence of the
PBCCH:
- If PBCCH is present, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE can be set to any value (at the end
of the packet transfer mode or at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer) if the setting of the
C32 parameters ensures that GPRS mobile stations do not camp in cells where outgoing
GPRS redirections are systematically triggered.
- If PBCCH is not present or PBCCH is present but C32 parameters are not correctly set,
the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE should be set to "at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer" to
prevent the GPRS mobile stations from reselecting a cell where outgoing GPRS
redirections are triggered systematically (at least while the MS is in packet idle mode and
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NC2_LOAD_EV_PERIOD HMI name NC2_LOAD_EV_PERIOD B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of NC2 load samples used to compute the NC2 load average Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NCC (MFS) HMI name NCC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Network Colour code of the cell. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to NCC (BSC) Max 7 Coded 7
rules
comment
comment
Logical name NCC(n) HMI name NCC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Network Colour code of the neighbour cell. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is
autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell
comment
Logical name NECI (MFS) HMI name New Establishment Causes B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new Indicator Cell Type
No
GSM Phase 2 establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST.
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: not supported, 1: supported Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to NECI (BSC) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER HMI name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections an no MS reports Min value 0 Coded 0
packet measurements to the BSS.
1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS
reports packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported)
2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99
onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state
(depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the
concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.
3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in
packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2
deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports
Mandatory - The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2 and 3 to the operator. Max 4 Coded 4
rulesRecommended - When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER --
Recommended = NC0 mode of operation for all MS --
rules
comment search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode (activation performed through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2]
message). This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION
Internal --
comment
Logical name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n) HMI name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections an no MS reports Min value 0 Coded 0
1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS
reports packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported)
2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99
onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state
(depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the
concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.
3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in
packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2
deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports
Mandatory - The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2 and 3 to the operator. Max 4 Coded 4
rulesRecommended - When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER --
Recommended = NC0 mode of operation for all MS --
rules
Internal --
comment
Logical name network_operation_mode (MFS) HMI name Network_mode_of_operation B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 Min value 1 Coded 1
== Network operation mode III
Mandatory If the network_operation_mode (MFS) parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS Max 3 Coded 3
rulesRecommended must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0. --
Recommended --
rules Equal to network_operation_mode (BSC).
External Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS.
comment NMO I requires a Gs interface.
Internal Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network operation mode I ; 1 == Network operation mode II ; 2 == Network operation mode III.
comment
Logical name NIR HMI name Normal Information Rate B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Normal Information Rate. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit kbit/s
reference access
Mandatory CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Max 1984 Coded 1984
rulesRecommended NIR=0 when direct access is used Coded Def 0
Recommended NIR=0 when direct access is used Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKG HMI name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACK B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
ROUND_PRIORITY GROUND_PRIORITY Cell Type No
parameter set to normal Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_P HMI name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1 B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
RIORITY _PRIORITY Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN HMI name NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition For a PDCH, percentage of channel capacity (in terms of radio block scheduling) which is Cell Type No
exclusively reserved to NRT TBFs. That capacity is not allowed to be allocated to a streaming Sub-syste MFS RMS No
TBF (RT PFC).
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit %
reference access
rules
External In each direction (DL or UL), the minimum number of NRT TBFs which are possible (in all cases) to be established on a PDCH is equal to
comment ((NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN/100) * (T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING/20ms)) rounded down to the closest integer value. This
minimum number of NRT TBFs is guaranteed even in case of RT PFC allocation on the PDCH.
The higher the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higher the risks of rejecting RT PFC creation requests.
The lower the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higher the risks of rejecting NRT TBF establishment requests (signalling or data
comment
Logical name NS_ALIVE_RETRIES HMI name NsAliveRetries B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of attempts to test. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NS_BLOCK_RETRIES HMI name NsBlockRetries B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition maximum number of attempts to block a NS-VC. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NS_Priority HMI name NS Priority B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Priority of the NSVC, is used by the load sharing. Cell Type No
Instance NSVC
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 1: lowest priority, 255:highest priority Min value 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NS_RESET_RETRIES HMI name NsResetRetries B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of attempts to reset. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES HMI name NsUnblockRetries B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of attempts to unblock a NS-VC. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NSEI HMI name NSEI B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition NSE Identifier. Cell Type No
Instance NSE
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R Set by Create Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NSEMAX HMI name NSE MAX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of NSE per GPU. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NSVCI HMI name NSVC Identifier B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition NSVC identifier. Cell Type No
Instance NSVC
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R Set by Create Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name NSVCMAX HMI name NSVC MAX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of NSVC per GPU. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PE HMI name PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_P B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
RIOD ERIOD Cell Type No
Definition RRM reporting period to update the information (per cell) necessary for the Multi-GPU feature.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PAN_DEC (MFS) HMI name PAN_DEC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received Cell Type No
before MS timer T3182. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to PAN_DEC (BSC) Max 7 Coded 7
rules
External --
comment
Internal When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection.
comment
Logical name PAN_INC (MFS) HMI name PAN_INC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to PAN_INC (BSC) Max 7 Coded 7
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PAN_MAX (MFS) HMI name PAN_MAX B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12,.., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,.. , 111 Min value 4 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to PAN_MAX (BSC) Max 32 Coded 7
rules
External --
comment
Internal When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile staion shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection
comment
Logical name Pb HMI name Pb B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Power reduction value used by the BTS on PBCCH blocks, relative to the output power used Cell Type No
on BCCH. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit dB
reference access
Coding rules Possible values : 0, -2, -4, .., -30 dB respectively binary coded as 0000, 0001, .., 1111 Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Needed for MPDCH.
comment
Logical name PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS) HMI name PC_MEAS_CHAN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level Cell Type No
on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH, 1 : downlink Min value 0 Coded 0
measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH
Mandatory Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC). Max 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Coded Def 1
Recommended PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR HMI name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_T B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution HR_1 Cell Type
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec MFS counters catalogue OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded 1
Mandatory PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Max 4.9 Coded 49
rules
External --
comment
comment
_10 HR_9 Cell Type No
Definition Upper limit of the 10th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec MFS counters catalogue OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10
comment
comment - Coded value of 50 (instead of 5) is introduced for consistency with other PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_i parameters
Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution HR_2 Cell Type
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2< Max 4.9 Coded 49
rulesRecommended PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 -- Coded Def 10
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution HR_3 Cell Type
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < Max 4.9 Coded 49
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution HR_4 Cell Type
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
External --
comment
comment
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
External --
comment
comment
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
External --
comment
comment
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
External --
comment
comment
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
External --
comment
comment
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Max 4.9 Coded 49
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for DL TBF duration distribution. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec MFS counters catalogue OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Min value 0.5 Coded 1
Mandatory PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Max 16383.5 Coded 32767
rules
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 10th band for DL TBF duration distribution 0 Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec MFS counters catalogue OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec
reference access
rules
External PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10
comment
comment - Coded value of 32768 (instead of 16384) is introduced for consistency with other PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_i parameters
Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < Max 16383.5 Coded 32767
rulesRecommended PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 -- Coded Def
6555
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
9832
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
13109
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
16386
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
19663
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
22940
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
26217
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Max 16383.5 Coded 32767
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF Cell Type No
distribution Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec MFS counters catalogue OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit byte
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value 1 Coded 1
Mandatory PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Max 99999999 Coded 99999999
rules
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec MFS counters catalogue OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte
reference access
rules
External PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < Max 99999999 Coded 99999999
rulesRecommended PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 -- Coded Def
20000000
rules
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
30000000
rules
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
40000000
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
50000000
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
60000000
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
70000000
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
80000000
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Max 99999999 Coded 99999999
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR HMI name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_T B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution HR_1 Cell Type
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Max 4.9 Coded 49
rules
External --
comment
comment
_10 HR_10 Cell Type No
Definition Upper limit of the 10th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec MFS counters catalogue OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10
comment
comment - Coded value of 50 (instead of 5) is introduced for consistency with other PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_i parameters
Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution HR_2 Cell Type
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2< Max 4.9 Coded 49
rulesRecommended PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 -- Coded Def 10
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution HR_3 Cell Type
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < Max 4.9 Coded 49
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution HR_4 Cell Type
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
External --
comment
comment
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
External --
comment
comment
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
External --
comment
comment
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
External --
comment
comment
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
External --
comment
comment
No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Max 4.9 Coded 49
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for UL TBF duration distribution. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Max 16383.5 Coded 32767
rules
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 10th band for UL TBF duration distribution 0 Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec MFS counters catalogue OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec
reference access
rules
External PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10
comment
comment - Coded value of 32768 (instead of 16384) is introduced for consistency with other PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_i parameters
Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < Max 16383.5 Coded 32767
rulesRecommended PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 -- Coded Def
6555
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
9832
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
13109
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
16386
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
19663
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
22940
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
26217
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Max 16383.5 Coded 32767
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Max 99999999 Coded 99999999
rules
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec MFS counters catalogue OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte
reference access
rules
External PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < Max 99999999 Coded 99999999
rulesRecommended PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 -- Coded Def
20000000
rules
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
30000000
rules
External --
comment
comment
Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
40000000
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
50000000
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
60000000
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
70000000
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
80000000
rules
External --
comment
comment
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Max 99999999 Coded 99999999
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition The buffering delay factor associated to one PDCH that is shared between TBF accordingly to Cell Type No
the TBF throughput. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flowcontrol between the MS and the SGSN
comment (Gb interface, RRM and RLC/MAC buffering).
Logical name PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition The minimum buffering delay between XON and XOFF thresholds that should be used OR Cell Type
No
according to the TBF throughput. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flowcontrol between the MS and the SGSN
Logical name PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Anticipation number of radio blocks considering the throughput of one PDCH. Cell Type No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flow control between the MS and the SGSN
Logical name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER HMI name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Authorize or inhibit DL LLC PDU ordering according to the remaining PDU lifetime. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: ordering disabled, 1 : ordering enabled Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended Should be set to ordering disabled, when the MFS interfaces with an Ericsson SGSN or Coded Def 1
Recommended Should be set to ordering disabled, when the MFS interfaces with an Ericsson SGSN or Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules any SGSN modifying the PDU Lifetime value during data flows addressed to the same MS
on the same LLC SAPI in a non-acceptable manner, otherwise should be set to ordering
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PENALTY_TIME(MFS) HMI name PENALTY_TIME B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value.
Mandatory PENALTY_TIME(MFS) = PENALTY_TIME(BSC) Max 620 Coded 31
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PENALTY_TIME(n)(MFS) HMI name PENALTY_TIME B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 HMI name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 1. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits Min value 0 Coded 0
0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1:
persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4
. . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 1 is not allowed. Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden.
comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 2 is not allowed Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden.
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment

Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Logical name PFC_NB_RETRY_DOWNLD HMI name PFC_NB_RETRY_DOWNLD B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of Download_BSS_PFC attempts Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PFC_NB_RETRY_MODIFY HMI name PFC_NB_RETRY_MODIFY B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of Modify_BSS_PFC attempts Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PFC_T6 HMI name PFC_T6 B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer guarding the Download-BSS-PFC procedure Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PFC_T8 HMI name PFC_T8 B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer guarding the Modify-BSS-PFC procedure Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS HMI name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules 0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands Min value 0 Coded 0
4,...,255: for future use
This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency band
Mandatory PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) Max 3 Coded 3
rulesRecommended --
Recommended The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and --
rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters:
- At cell creation
and DCS1800 bands",
External --
comment
Internal The value sent by the OMC-R to the MFS corresponds to the value of the OMC-R changeable parameter defined in the BSS O&M Telecom
comment catalogue document
Logical name PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD HMI name PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold above which a GPU enters the PMU CPU overload state. Cell Type No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
Spec Overload Control and CPU power budget OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit %
rules
External --
comment
Internal GPU overload control has changed for B8. Only one threshold is needed (no hysteresis)
comment
Logical name PMU_CPU_overload_step_H HMI name PMU_CPU_overload_step_H B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of steps to increment the internal PMU variable used in the PMU CPU overload control Cell Type No
algorithm, when the PMU is in CPU overload state. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
rules
External --
comment
Internal The current default value is chosen so that reaction to overload is faster than return to normal behaviour.
comment
Logical name PMU_CPU_overload_step_N HMI name PMU_CPU_overload_step_N B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of steps to decrement the internal GPU variable used in the PMU CPU overload Cell Type No
control algorithm, when the PMU is in CPU normal load state. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
rules
External --
comment
Internal The current default value is chosen so that reaction to overload is faster than return to normal behaviour.
comment
Logical name PMU_CPU_sampling_period HMI name PMU_CPU_sampling_period B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Periodicity at which the PMU CPU load is evaluated for the GPU PMU overload control Cell Type No
algorithm. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
Spec Overload Control and CPU power budget OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit sec
rules
External --
comment
Internal This hard-coded constant already existed with B7.2 but was not declared in the BTP.
comment
Logical name PRACH_BUSY_THRES HMI name PRACH_BUSY_THRES B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Received level above which a PRACH block is deemed busy. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm
reference access
Coding rules This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows: Min value -110 Coded 0
0: -110 dBm
1: -106 dBm
2: -102 dBm
3: -98 dBm
4: -94 dBm
5: -90 dBm
6: -86 dBm
7: -82 dBm
8: -78 dBm
9: -74 dBm
10: -70 dBm
11: -66 dBm
12: -62 dBm
13: -58 dBm
14: -54 dBm
15: -50 dBm
rules
External Parameter used in dynamic allocation of secondary MasterPDCH algorithm.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 HMI name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition The most preferred GPS positioning method. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec LCS Functional Specification OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 Min value 1 Coded 1
for Conventional GPS.
rulesRecommended The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities Coded Def 1
Recommended The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition The second preferred GPS positioning method. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. Coded Def 2
Recommended The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. Def value 2 Coded Def 2
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition The third preferred GPS positioning method. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. Coded Def 3
Recommended The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. Def value 3 Coded Def 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD HMI name Allowed priority classes B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
(MFS) Cell Type No
Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do a
Packet access. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access is not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access is allowed Min value 0 Coded 0
for priority level 1; 100: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access is
allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4
Mandatory Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC) Max 6 Coded 6
rules
External Persistence level parameter for priority (i) is meaningless if the Radio Priority (i) is not allowed
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PTM_BVCI HMI name PTM BVCI B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition PTM BVCI value. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PTP_BVCI HMI name BVCI B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition PTP BVCI value. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R Displayed Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal The value is set by the MFS.
comment
Logical name PVC_Level1_down HMI name Level 1 down B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter gives the low level of threshold for congestion. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R Set by Create Type Number Unit %
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PVC_Level1_Factor HMI name Level 1 Factor B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter is used to calculate the amount of data used for buffering. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R Set by Create Type Number Unit ms
reference access
Coding rules step size = 10, coding rules 1 == 10 ms, 1275 == 12750 ms Min value 50 Coded 5
rulesRecommended amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * (CBS+EBS) for a PVC Coded Def
Recommended amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * (CBS+EBS) for a PVC Def value None Coded Def
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PVC_Level1_up HMI name Level 1 up B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter gives the high level of threshold for congestion. Cell Type No
Instance PVC
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R Set by Create Type Number Unit %
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name PWRC (MFS) HMI name PWRC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include measurements made on BCCH Cell Type No
frequency in case of frequency hopping channel. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall be included, 1: measurements made on Min value 0 Coded 0
BCCH frequency shall not be included
Mandatory Equal to PWRC (BSC) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN HMI name QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Additional capacity (in terms of radio bandwidth and in terms of transmission resources) Cell Type No
which is reserved for a streaming TBF (RT PFC) to correctly fulfill its AGBR contract and to Sub-syste MFS RMS No
possibly convey other multiplexed NRT PFC(s) of the same TBF. The part of this margin that is
not used by the streaming TBF may be used by other TBF(s). Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit %
reference access
rulesRecommended Setting QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN to 0% is not recommended (the GBR of some RT PFCs Coded Def 2
Recommended Setting QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN to 0% is not recommended (the GBR of some RT PFCs Def value 20 Coded Def 2
rules may turn out to be impossible to guarantee in this case).
External --
comment
comment
Logical name Qsearch_P_PTM HMI name Qsearch_P_PTM B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells in GPRS packet transfer mode depending whether the Cell Type No
received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit dBm
reference access
0: -98: -98 dBm (below)
1: -94: -94 dBm (below)
2: -90: -90dBm (below)
3: -86: -86dBm (below)
4: -82: -82 dBm (below)
5: -78: -78 dBm (below)
6: -74: -74 dBm (below)
8: -78: -78 dBm (above)
9: -74: -74 dBm (above)
10: -70: -70 dBm (above)
11: -66: -66 dBm (above)
12: -62: -62 dBm (above)
13: -58: -58 dBm (above)
14: -54: -54 dBm (above)
rules
comment above (-78 dBm to never search for neighbour cells) the threshold in GPRS packet transfer mode.
This parameter is sent in Packet Measurement Order on PACCH.
comment
Logical name R_AVERAGE_EGPRS HMI name R_AVERAGE_EGPRS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Average bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit bit/s
reference access
Mandatory RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS Max 59200 Coded 59200
rulesRecommended R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate Coded Def 30000
Recommended R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate Def value 30000 Coded Def 30000
rules corresponding to MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. if MAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 =>
R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be higher than 59,2kbps).
External This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted, per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. It is
comment recommended not to set this bit rate higher than the average measured bit rate in the cell.
The default value corresponds to MCS-6.
The max value corresponds to MCS-9.
Internal --
comment
Logical name R_AVERAGE_GPRS HMI name R_AVERAGE_GPRS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Average bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS Max 20000 Coded 20000
rulesRecommended R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate Coded Def 12000
Recommended R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate Def value 12000 Coded Def 12000
rules corresponding to MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. if MAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS
shall not be higher than 12kbps).
External This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted, per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. It is
comment recommended not to set this bit rate higher than the average measured bit rate in the cell.
The default value corresponds to CS-2.
The max value corresponds to CS-4.
Internal --
comment
Logical name RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE_RETRI HMI name RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE_RETR B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of repetition of Radio Access capability in case of no answer from SGSN at IES Cell Type
No
T5 expiry.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name RA_CODE (MFS) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Routing Area Code. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60) Min value -1 Coded -1
other values: external or unknown cell
Mandatory - Equal to RA_CODE (BSC) Max 255 Coded 255
rulesRecommended - A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same --
Recommended RA_CODE when they are PS capable --
rules
comment
Internal The special value of "-1" means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider or that the MFS shall set the
comment SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0.
Logical name RA_CODE(n) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Routing Area Code of neighbour cells. Cell Type No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60); Min value -1 Coded -1
other values: external or unknown cell.
The special value of -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network
provider or that the MFS shall set the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0.
rulesRecommended If i) the target and serving cells belong to different PLMNs and ii) the RAC and LAC of the Coded Def 0
Recommended If i) the target and serving cells belong to different PLMNs and ii) the RAC and LAC of the Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules target cell are equal to the RAC and LAC of the serving cell, and iii) there is a PBCCH
established in the serving cell, and iv) a cell reselection adjacency link is defined between
the serving cell and the target cell, then it is recommended to set the RA_CODE to -1.
Otherwise, the MFS considers that the serving cell and the target cell belong to the same
routing area when setting the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field in the 04.60 PACKET
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3/3bis messages.
External The special value of -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the operator or that the routing area of the serving cell is
comment different from the routing area of the target cell.
Internal This parameter is used when there is a PBCCH in the serving cell.
comment
Logical name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS HMI name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter indicates in both STANDBY and READY state the additional hysteresis which Cell Type No
applies when selecting a cell in a new Routing Area. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 2 dB, Coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001=2 dB, ...111=14 dB Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS) HMI name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Cell Type No
filtering. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit bper
reference access
Coding rules 64: no filtering Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) Max 64 Coded 64
rulesRecommended Disable the filtering for extended cells. Coded Def 64
Recommended Disable the filtering for extended cells. Def value 64 Coded Def 64
rules
External One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing
comment Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded.
Internal --
comment
Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr
reference access
Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Min value 4 Coded 0
Mandatory Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) Max 64 Coded 15
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name RATE_RED HMI name rateRed B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Rate reduction of the bvc leak rate (DL flow control with the SGSN) to apply if the GPU memory Cell Type No
occupancy exceeds HIGH_THRES_B_MAX. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit %
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Resume_retries HMI name Resume_retries B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of retries to send a Resume message to the SGSN. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1) Coded Def 0
Recommended BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1) Def value 0 Coded Def 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name RMIN_EGPRS HMI name RMIN_EGPRS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimal bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell (at 95 % or 90% confidence Cell Type No
level or less %, depending on tolerable risk) Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS Max 59200 Coded 59200
rulesRecommended If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following Coded Def 20800
Recommended If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following Def value 20800 Coded Def 20800
rules condition must be respected: RMIN_EGPRS <= useful bitrate corresponding to min
(TBF_UL_INIT_MCS, TBF_DL_INIT_MCS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can be
downgraded to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP.
External This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streaming PFC for Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. It should
comment be set appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning.
The default value corresponds to a bitrate between MCS-4 and MCS-5.
The max value corresponds to MCS-9.
comment The default value corresponds to the minimum bitrate to accept a GBR 64Kb/s with the following conditions : MS multislot class = 4+1,
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD =4
Logical name RMIN_GPRS HMI name RMIN_GPRS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimal bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell (at 95 % or 90% Cell Type No
confidence level or less %, depending on tolerable risk) Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS Max 20000 Coded 20000
rulesRecommended If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following Coded Def 8000
Recommended If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following Def value 8000 Coded Def 8000
rules condition must be respected: RMIN_GPRS <= useful bitrate corresponding to min
(TBF_UL_INIT_CS, TBF_DL_INIT_CS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can be downgraded
to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP
External This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streaming PFC for Non Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. It
comment should be set appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning.
The default value corresponds to CS-1.
The max value corresponds to CS-4.
comment
Logical name round_trip_delay HMI name Round trip delay MFS-MS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Round trip delay between the MFS and a MS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
Coding rules step size=10 ms Min value 80 Coded 8
Mandatory T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec Max 940 Coded 94
rules
External The round-trip delay is used by the RRM, RLC and MAC layers. The OMC-R and the MFS also use this parameter to determine whether or
comment not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links as follows:
- If round_trip_delay < 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links,
- If round_trip_delay >= 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater
satellite links.
When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links in the serving cell, it is recommended to set the round_trip_delay
Internal ONLY used in the construction of other timers, the considered round trip delay is : output of L2GCH
comment sublayer - MS input of L2GCH sublayer. It shall take into account Abis transmission delay. The round trip delay shall not take into account
RRBP delay at (MAC) level.
The setting the CST parameter T_ACK_WAIT has to take into account the value of round_trip_delay.
Logical name RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (MFS) HMI name RR_ALLOC_PERIOD B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This parameter allows to tune the time between two sendings of the BSCGP RR Allocation Cell Type No
Indication messages Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC) Max 30 Coded 30
rules
External --
comment
comment This parameter is used by MFS in the defensive mechanism for radio resource management to increment internal variables
Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Max -47 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Instance adj
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Max -47 Coded 63
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name S HMI name S B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of slots between 2 successive PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Possible values are : 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217 respectively binary coded : 0000, Min value 12 Coded 0
0001, 0010,... ,1001
rulesRecommended When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to Coded Def 3
Recommended When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to Def value 30 Coded Def 3
rules set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is
longer than 900 ms.
When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to
set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is
longer than 1400 ms.
The number of slots belonging to the MSs PRACH between 2 successive Packet Channel
Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with
uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1) with T = Tx_INT. The time in seconds
between two Packet Channel Request messages is determined as a function of S, TX_INT
and of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter. BS_PRACH_BLKS defines the number of blocks
statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each PCCCH.
External --
comment
Internal Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell.
comment
Logical name S_BECN HMI name S_BECN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of consecutive frames with BECN bit before congestion is stated. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1 HMI name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_ B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition IP address (on sub-network 1 in the MFS) of the external router used as gateway towards the 1 Cell Type
No
GPS server. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 32 bits (IP v4). Min value 0 Coded 0
RuleTo convert the IP address into decimal: Each sub number of the IP addresse is coded on
a byte (8 bits). then the 4 sub numbers are concatenated
default: value corresponding to IP address 1.1.1.10
rules
External --
comment
Internal Following addresses are already used within MFS sub-network 1 and can not set as IP address of the external router in sub-network 1:
comment 1.1.1.x, with x = 1, 2, 30-31, 50-65, 150-165, 100, 20
Logical name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2 HMI name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_ B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition IP address (on sub-network 2 in the MFS) of the external router used as gateway towards the 2 Cell Type
No
GPS server. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 32 bits (IP v4). Min value 0 Coded 0
RuleTo convert the IP address into decimal: Each sub number of the IP addresse is coded on
a byte (8 bits). then the 4 sub numbers are concatenated
default: value corresponding to IP address 2.2.2.10
rules
External --
comment
Internal Following addresses are already used within MFS sub-network 2 and can not set as IP address of the external router in sub-network 2:
comment 2.2.2.x, with x = 1, 2, 30-31, 50-65, 150-165, 100, 200
Logical name SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_A HMI name SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

DDRESS _ADDRESS Cell Type No
Definition Local IP address (within MFS sub-networks) of the GPS server.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Coded on 32 bits (IP v4). Min value 0 Coded
*: default: value corresponding to IP address 10.1.1.1
Mandatory -- Max 2^32-1 Coded
Recommended -- Def value * Coded Def
rules
External --
comment
Internal The local IP address of the server must not belong to the addresses used within MFS sub-networks 1 and 2, i.e. it must be different from
comment 1.1.1.x or 2.2.2.x.
Logical name SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT HMI name SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. Cell Type No
This timer controls the retransmission timeout for the sending of the individual data Sub-syste MFS RMS No
segments.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1 second Min value 4 Coded 4
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVA HMI name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. VAL Cell Type
No
This timer determines the interval separating keep alive retransmissions until a response is
received. Once a response is received, the delay until the next keep alive transmission is Sub-syste MFS RMS No
again controlled by the value of this timer. The connection will be aborted after the number of Instance MFS
retransmissions specified by SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS have gone unanswered.
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1 second Min value 4 Coded 4
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS HMI name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRAN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. S Cell Type
No
This parameter controls the number of times TCP will retransmit an individual data segment Sub-syste MFS RMS No
before aborting the connection. The retransmission timeout is given by the parameter
SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT. Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB HMI name SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition The TCP port number used for opening and closing of a SAGI TCP connection. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec SMLC / A-GPS Server Interface OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTO HMI name SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACT B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition When computing the best candidate timeslot allocation for an NRT TBF, this factor enables to OR Cell Type
No
give a higher weight (PDCH capacity) to the already-established NRT TBFs having a higher
scheduling priority (combination of THP and of Precedence) than the TBF to be established or Sub-syste MFS RMS No
reallocated. Instance MFS
This factor will tend to avoid piling up several TBFs with different scheduling priorities on the
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External The higher the value of T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING is, the higher the value of SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR shall be, in order
comment to avoid degrading the throughput of the low-priority TBFs in a significant manner (if it is possible according to the available PDCHs in the
comment
Logical name SGSNR HMI name SGSNR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement SGSN Cell Type No
software. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
Rec GSM 04.18 Application GPRS Categor Site (CAE)
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 = SGSN is release 98 or older; 1 = SGSN is release 99 onwards Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SIG_BVCI HMI name SIG BVCI B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signalling BVCI value. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name SIGNALLING_PRIORITY HMI name SIGNALLING_PRIORITY B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined Signalling PFC. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
Mandatory The priority set for signalling should always be higher than for data traffic Max 15 Coded 15
rules
External Signalling is, by default, handled as top priority. The default value of the parametercorresponds to the highest priority.
comment
comment
Logical name SMS_PRIORITY HMI name SMS_PRIORITY B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined SMS PFC. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) HMI name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell Min value 0 Coded 0
1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell
Mandatory Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name STREAMING_PRIORITY HMI name STREAMING_PRIORITY B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the relative priority used for the Streaming PFC Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name Suspend_retries HMI name Suspend_retries B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum number of retries to send a Suspend message to the SGSN. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_ACK_WAIT HMI name T_ACK_WAIT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer defining the maximum time to wait for an MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack or Cell Type No
beginning of an UL TBF) to a network solicitation sent on PACCH/DL when the MS is in PTM, Sub-syste MFS RMS No
or on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and non-DRX mode.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Recommended It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic Def value 1.2 Coded Def 12
rules is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:
- T_ack_wait = 1200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in
all the cells of the MFS.
- T_ack_wait = 1700 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater
satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
External --
comment
Internal T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH
comment As T_ACK_WAIT is not shown to the operator, the OMC is not able to verify the following rules. Despite of this fact, these rules (expressed
in ms) are essential and shall be verified when setting the default values:
1. T_ACK_WAIT > T3168 + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60
2. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for UL two-phase access and UL access on
concurrent DL TBF)
3. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PAGCH + round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for UL one-phase access on PCCCH)
4. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX + round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on PCCCH in non-DRX mode)
5. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on concurrent UL TBF or for fast DL TBF
re-establishment).
The following parameters are used in the above formulae:
- T_queuing_PACCH: maximum queuing time expected on PACCH (~200 msec)
- T_queuing_PAGCH: maximum queuing time expected on PAGCH (<200 msec)
- T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX: maximum queuing time expected on PPCH in non-DRX mode (<200 msec)
Logical name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH HMI name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer defining the maximum time to wait for a MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack) to a network Cell Type No
sollicitation sent on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and DRX mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec ; 0 = 0; 1 = 0.1;... ;100 = 10 Min value 0 Coded 0
- T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 2.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater
terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,
- T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 3 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite
links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
External --
comment
Internal T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH
comment
Logical name T_AVG_T (MFS) HMI name T_AVG_T B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to T_AVG_T (BSC) Max 25 Coded 25
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_AVG_W (MFS) HMI name T_AVG_W B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to T_AVG_W (BSC) Max 25 Coded 25
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_BA_CHANGE HMI name T_BA_CHANGE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which no NC cell reselection can be triggered further to a change of the BCCH Cell Type No
allocation. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1s Min value 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC HMI name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer value controlling the time duration between successive resource reallocation attempts Cell Type No
for candidate MSs (triggers T3 and T4). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
In a given cell, at each expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer :
- up to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4 T4 TBF reallocation attempts are performed, Instance cell
- up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3 T3 TBF reallocation attempts are performed
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1 sec; value 1 means 1 sec; value 2 means 2 sec, and so on Min value 1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS. Coded Def 1
Recommended T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS. Def value 1 Coded Def 1
rules This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs are released and
reestablished again some moments later. This way, the T3 and T4 TBF reallocations can
benefit from the GCHs which are currently unused, but still established.
External This parameter, together with the parameters N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3 and N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4, allows to :
comment - to control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T3 and T4 TBF reallocations,
- and to control the extra CPU load generated by T3 and T4 TBF reallocation attempts (the lowest the value of
T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the highest the generated CPU load).
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE HMI name T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timeout value for RLC mode modification procedure on downlink path when DL LLC PDUs Cell Type No
with different RLC (acknowledged and unacknowledged) are simultaneously received by the Sub-syste MFS RMS No
MFS.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Step size : 100 ms Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External A value of 0 is required in order to guarantee no de-sequencing of LLC PDUs within the same LLC SAPI. A value different from 0 will lead to
comment possible de-sequencing at LLC level; however, the SNDCP layer within the MS should de-multiplex the data flows operating in different
RLC modes towards different NSAPIs. It should therefore not impact the behaviour of layers above RLC/MAC when the value is different
from 0; it is however recommended in order to minimise the risks.
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_CONFIG_TBF HMI name T_CONFIG_TBF B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision timer for TBF context configuration in a TRX Cell Type No
Instance MFS
Rec Application E-GPRS Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal This value of timer shall be used when the traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links.
comment When the traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links RLC shall add 420 ms to this value of timer.
Logical name T_delay_gch HMI name T_delay_gch B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Delay for GCH re-establishment after a GCH establishment failure. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Gives the delay between 2 GCH establishment attempts.
comment
Logical name T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT HMI name T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time to delay the specific paging procedure when the MS didnt answer to any Packet DL Cell Type No
Assignment message. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Step size = 0,1 sec Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment Lets define : A = (T_ul_assign_ccch or T_dl_assign_ccch, depending on the Air channel, AGCH or PCH, used to send the Immediate
Assignment message) * (Max_retrans_DL+1).
The T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT value should be configured to last, at least, the time up to the T3190 expiry on the MS side plus an additional
margin (around 2.5sec according to the MS Paging Group) to give the time to the MS to switch on the CCCH and receive the Paging
Request message,
Illustration with T3190n = 5sec and T_dl_assign_ccch = 1.4sec :
Ex1 : Max_retrans_DL = 2
A=(2+1)*1.4=4.2sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= 5-4.2+2.5 >=3.3
A=(3+1)*1.4=5.6sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= 0+2.5>=4.1
A=(4+1)*1.4=7.0sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= (5-1.4)+2.5 >=7.1
A=(5+1)*1.4=8.4sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= (5-2.8)+2.5 >=4.7
The default value 5.5 sec is an average value.
Logical name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer controls the polling period on the downlink when a TBF is in delayed release mode. Cell Type No
When NC2 is activated for an MS, the actual polling period depends also on Sub-syste MFS RMS No
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
Coding rules step size = 20msec Min value 60 Coded 3
rules
External It controls the occurrence of polling requests sent to a Mobile Station, the downlink TBF of which is in delayed release mode. Its value shall
comment ensure that the Mobile Station is granted PACCH/U often enough to be able to request establishment of an uplink TBF, without loading too
much the uplink PDCH. Queuing time on the PDCH to send the polling request (contained in an RLC data block filled with LLC Dummy UI
Commands) shall also be considered.
Internal The Min value of 60 ms is needed to ensure that T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL >= T_MIN_POLL.
comment
Logical name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIA HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITI B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time that the MFS shall wait before sending the first RLC data block containing only LLC AL Cell Type
No
Dummy UI command(s) after the last DL RLC data block has been sent, that contains useful
data. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
rules
External Because the last DL RLC data block is now sent with a polling request preferably 60 msec after the MS has received it, the MS may not
comment have the time in 60 msec to get the response from the upper layers. Then the MS will not include a channel request description for
requesting uplink TBF establishment. Now, if the DL TBF enters delayed release state, the next time the MS will have an opportunity for
requesting such an uplink TBF establishment will be after T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL. Because that time is quite long (200 msec by
default), a specific timer is introduced for the first polling request.
Internal The Min value of 60 ms is needed to ensure that T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL >= T_MIN_POLL.
comment
Logical name T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL HMI name T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer defines the period of sending Dummy UI commands in the delayed DL TBF Cell Type No
release state, when there is an on-going UL TBF. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1s Min value 0.5 Coded 5
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN HMI name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer defines the duration of the delay introduced by the BSS to send the final Packet UL Cell Type No
Ack/Nack message when releasing an UL TBF. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size : 100 ms ; 0 = 0 msec, 1 = 100 msec, 2 = 200 msec, etc Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External The feature delayed emission of the final Packet UL Ack/Nack can be inhibited by setting the value 0 to the parameter
comment T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN. When the feature is enabled, the timer duration should be long enough to let the server send its response to
the uplink PDUs received from the MS, while remaining short enough in order not to jeopardise the sending of further uplink PDUs by the
Internal Coded value 0 is used in the MFS during the migration phase until completion of BSS radio re-synchronisation step. The feature delayed
comment final Packet UL Ack/Nack is therefore inhibited during this period; this behaviour is acceptable considering that it only leads to a
degradation of QoS during this period.
Logical name T_dl_assign_ccch HMI name T_GPRS_assign_PCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on PCH aimed at Cell Type No
establishing a downlink TBF. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size : 0.1sec Min value 0.5 Coded 5
Mandatory T_GPRS_assign_pch parameters is computed by the OMC as follows: Max 4.7 Coded 47
rulesRecommended --
Recommended BS_PA_MFRMS / T_GPRS_assign_pch (ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms / --
rules T_GPRS_assign_pch (ms) if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms
2/1200/1600
3/1200/1600
4/1200/1600
5/1400/2000
6/1600/2200
7/2000/2600
8/2200/2800
9/2400/3000
Def value 1.4 Coded Def 14
External --
comment
comment T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1).
As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_pch so that the period of retransmission of the
Packet Downlink Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e. T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of 50
ms.
In order not to unnecessary load the PCH queue, it is recommended to set T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch.
Logical name T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport HMI name T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time period to request for an EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport HMI name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time period to request for a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT HMI name T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Period with which a given DSP reports its CPU load to RRM Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec Overload Control and CPU power budget OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0,1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal - The highest the T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT value, the longest the phases during which RRM blocks some TBF traffic (on the TRXs mapped
comment onto the concerned DSP) will be in case of high DSP CPU load. In particular, those phases (during which some TBF traffic is blocked by
RRM) can happen after a DSP CPU load peak (i.e. a load increase followed by a load decrease in a short period of time) has occurred (cf.
The DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR parameter to tune the likelihood for a DSP CPU load peak to be notified to RRM).
- the lowest the T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT value, the highest the PMU-PTU interface load.
Logical name T_DTM_ASSIGN HMI name T_DTM_ASSIGN B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Timer monitoring the establishment of an UL or a DL TBF on main DCCH for Dual Transfer Cell Type No
Mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_POL HMI name T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_POL B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition To control the USF scheduling on the uplink when a TBF is in extended TBF mode Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_FAST_DL_margin HMI name T_FAST_DL_margin B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value defining two times the transmission delay between RRM sub-layer (PPC) and GCH Cell Type No
layer (DSP). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit ms
reference access
Coding rules step size: 5ms Min value 25 Coded 5
rules
External --
comment
Internal ONLY used in the construction of other timers.
comment
Logical name T_flow_ctrl_cell HMI name T_FLOW_CTRL_CELL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message to SGSN. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal T_flow_Ctr_cell >= C, defined in GSM 08.18. T_Mobil requires :"C configurable in a range 1-10 secondes, with step size 1 second"
comment
Logical name T_flow_ctrl_ms HMI name T_FLOW_CTRL_MS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-MS message towards the SGSN for GPRS Cell Type No
and EGPRS Mobile Stations. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External 1) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS is set to 0, then the MS flow control mechanism is inhibited;
comment 2) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C< T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th are defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18.
Internal If T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C< T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th are defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18.
comment According to a T_Mobile Requirement, the range of Th is 5 - 250 seconds with a step size of 1s.
Logical name T_GCH_INACTIVITY HMI name T_GCH_INACTIVITY B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition - For Non Evolium BTS : Cell Type No
Timer to postpone the release of one slave PDCH, when it does not support any (E)GPRS Sub-syste MFS RMS No
traffic.
- For Evolium BTS : Instance BSS
Timer to postpone the release of the "unused" GCHs of the M-EGCH link of a TRX (the
condition for some GCHs of the M-EGCH link of a TRX to become "unused" is that some TBFs
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rulesRecommended T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS. Coded Def 3
Recommended T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS. Def value 3 Coded Def 3
rules This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs are released and
reestablished again some moments later. This way, the T3 and T4 TBF reallocations can
benefit from the GCHs which are currently unused, but still established.
External The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance:
comment - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface.
- The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS
traffic is carried through satellite.
Internal - Non-Evolium BTS :
comment Ater blocking may happen because of some PDCHs being inactive but established for one cell and some Ater resources are needed in
another cell which has free radio timeslots. High values have no added-value thanks to the immediate uplink TBF establishment feature,
which establishes the first uplink TBF of an MS on the available PDCHs and requests more PDCHs in parallel to the BSC. However, a
sufficiently high value is needed to ensure that PDCHs are kept after establishment long enough for the DL TBF to be allocated /
reallocated on them (allocation happens if the first DL LLC PDU reaches the MFS after the establishment of the PDCHs requested at UL
TBF establishment time; reallocation happens if the first DL LLC PDU reaches the MFS before the establishment of the PDCHs ... in that
case, the DL TBF is established immediately with a sub-optimal allocation so that it becomes candidate for T3 and can benefit from the
PDCHs when they are established). Higher values may only be useful in case there is a lot of network initiated packet transfers, although
great care should be brought to the Ater congestion.
- Evolium BTS :
A high value of T_GCH_INACTIVITY will block Ater nibbles for "unused" GCHs for a long time, which may induce Ater congestion situations
(even if the intra-cell and inter-cell GCH redistributions will tend to limit the effects of an Ater congestion). When an UL TBF is established,
as no GCH is established by anticipation for the subsequent concurrent DL TBF, the T_GCH_INACTIVITY value is not important (that is a
difference with the non-Evolium BTS case). Thanks to the M-EGCH Statistical Multiplexing feature, it will be possible to establish the
subsequent concurrent DL TBF with all the timeslots allowed by its multislot class, and the DL TBF will use the GCHs of the M-EGCH link
Logical name T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST HMI name T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition - Evolium BTS : Cell Type No
Timer to postpone the release of the last N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS GCHs established in Sub-syste MFS RMS No
a cell, when the last TBF has been released in the cell. There is no more (E)GPRS traffic in the
cell, but keeping some GCHs established will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption Instance BSS
in the cell (e.g. WAP, WEB).
- Non Evolium BTS :
Timer to postpone the release of the last established slave PDCH of a cell, when it does not
support GPRS traffic anymore. There is no more GPRS traffic in the cell, but keeping a PDCH
established will be useful in case of GPRS traffic resumption in the cell.
reference domain y
reference access
rules
Recommended Def value 20 Coded Def 20
rules
External That timer is relevant only if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS is disabled.
comment
The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom
performance:
- The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface.
- The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the
GPRS traffic is carried through satellite links.
This parameter may also be used to ensure that the BSS reserves at least one GCH resource in the serving cell while the MS is engaged
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_GSL_ACK (MFS) HMI name T_GSL_ACK_MFS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External The actual default value depends on the maximum number of GPUs that can be connected to one BSC:T_GSL_ACK = 1 second x
comment MAX_GPU_PER_BSC.
Internal The actual default value (see external comment) is calculated by GOM (MFS control station) before being downloaded to a GPU.
comment
Logical name T_INITIAL_PDCH HMI name T_INITIAL_PDCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Repeat timer for the fast initial PS access feature (for Non evolium BTSs). Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External The timer is significant only if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS is enabled. It is not used in Evolium BTSs.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant HMI name T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message Cell Type No
exchange with the target MS) in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_LCS_Low_Delay HMI name T_LCS_Low_Delay B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message Cell Type No
exchange with the target MS) in case of a Low Delay Location Request. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_LCS_RESTART (MFS) HMI name T_LCS_RESTART_MFS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition MFS timer to guard the response from the BSC in case of LCS Restart procedure (i.e. Cell Type No
initialisation procedure). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL HMI name T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum duration of the extended uplink TBF phase Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec Max 4000 Coded 40
- between 1 sec and 2 sec if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links,
- between 1.5 sec and 2.5 sec if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or
Ater satellite links.
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_MAX_FOR_MS_SYNCHRO HMI name T_MAX_FOR_MS_SYNCHRO B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer per PDCH used to monitor the maximum time between the sending of two DL blocks Cell Type No
which could be decoded by all the active mobiles having their PACCH supported on the PDCH. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal The timer is started for a PDCH supporting the PACCH of at least one enabled DL or UL TBF, or an extended UL TBF. At the timer expiry,
comment MAC is forced to send a DL block in a (M)CS that could be decoded by all the MS allocated on this PDCH.
Logical name T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING HMI name T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULIN B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Maximum time between two scheduling of a given NRT TBF (either between two DL block G Cell Type
No
requests for a NRT DL TBF, or between two UL blocks received for a given NRT UL TBF). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 0,12 Coded 6
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_MAX_RETRANS_DL HMI name T_MAX_RETRANS_DL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Duration between two retries of DL TBF establishment. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING HMI name T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERIN B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time which multiplied by the GBR defines a buffer level above which we may consider the BSS G Cell Type
No
failed to provide the GBR Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_MIN_POLL HMI name T_MIN_POLL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Minimum time between two consecutive polling requests. Cell Type No
Instance DSP
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal The instance of the parameter has been changed from MFS to DSP to simplify the implementation: however the parameter shall have the
comment same value for all DSP of an MFS.
Logical name T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSIS HMI name T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSI B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

TENCE STENCE Cell Type No
Definition This timer controls the duration during which a MS context is kept after receipt of a FLUSH-LL.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal All DL PDUs received for that MS while the timer is running are rerouted to the new cell if it is known. It also avoids trying to reestablish a
comment DL TBF for a MS that has just moved to a neighbour cell if data still arrive after the FLUSH.
Logical name T_MS_Context_Lifetime HMI name T_MS_Context_Lifetime B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer defines the maximum time during which an MS context is kept in the MFS for a Cell Type No
Mobile Station in Packet Idle Mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: the MS context is not maintained; Min value 0 Coded 0
1..9999: the MS context is maintained 1..9999 seconds
rules
External --
comment
Internal The MS context is kept during max(DRX_TIMER_MAX, T_MS_Context_Lifetime)
comment
Logical name T_NC_PING_PONG HMI name T_NC_PING_PONG B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which the ping-pong offset is applied. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_NC_REJ_CELL HMI name T_NC_REJ_CELL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time during which a NC cell reselection is inhibited towards that cell due to a previous NC cell Cell Type No
reselection failure on that cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External -
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID HMI name T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used to control the validity of the NC RXQUAL averages at the beginning of a TBF. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal In the downlink direction, the timer is started on receipt of the first Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message of the DL TBF. While the timer is
comment running, NC cell reselection Cause PT3 cannot be triggered. At the expiry of the timer, Cause PT3 can be triggered.
In the uplink direction, the timer is started upon receipt of the first correctly decoded UL data block. While the timer is running, NC cell
reselection Cause PT4 cannot be triggered. At the expiry of the timer, Cause PT4 can be triggered.
Logical name T_NC2_LOAD_RANKING HMI name T_NC2_LOAD_RANKING B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Period of the cell load evaluation for the NC2 cell ranking process Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME HMI name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum expected response time of a network server as seen from the MFS. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External 1) The response time corresponds to T1 T2 where T2 corresponds to the time at which a command is sent to the SGSN and T1 the time
comment at which the response is received on the MFS side. This command / response is e.g. the LLC PDU containing an FTP GET and the first
LLC PDU starting the file transfer. It can also be the LLC PDU containing an HTTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the page download.
2) The value of this timer defines the duration of the Delayed DL TBF Release procedure. In case the servers to which the GGSN serving
the MFS is connected are not located at the same place, then the maximum server response time should be entered. However, note that
Internal This parameter can also be used for the extended UL TBF mode feature in a future release.
comment
Logical name T_One_Block HMI name T_ul_2_ph_access B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition - For Non Evolium BTS : Cell Type No
Timer to postpone the release of one slave PDCH, when it does not support any (E)GPRS Sub-syste MFS RMS No
traffic, but a one uplink block has been allocated on it to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF
establishment. Instance MFS
- For Evolium BTS :
Timer to postpone the release of the M-EGCH link of a TRX, when the TRX does not support
any (E)GPRS traffic, but a one uplink block has been allocated to a MS for a 2 phase access
reference domain y
reference access
- T_one_block = 4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the
cells of the MFS,
- T_one_block = 5 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater
External --
comment
Internal 3 sec is not recommended, because the implemented timer may end before.
comment T_one_block >= max of T_UL_ASSIGN_CCCH + 1/2 max of round_trip_delay
Logical name T_PAG_CS (MFS) HMI name T_PAG_CS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Cell Type No
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Mandatory Equal to T_PAG_CS (BSC) Max 25.5 Coded 255
rulesRecommended T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Coded Def 30
Recommended T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Def value 3 Coded Def 30
rules
External --
comment
Internal round trip delay between MSC and BTS
comment
Logical name T_PAG_PS (MFS) HMI name T_PAG_PS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Cell Type No
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Mandatory Equal to T_PAG_PS (BSC) Max 25.5 Coded 255
rulesRecommended T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Coded Def 30
Recommended T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Def value 3 Coded Def 30
rules
External --
comment
Internal round trip delay between SGSN and BTS
comment
Logical name T_PAGING_EXT HMI name T_PAGING_EXT B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum time between two specific paging request in an extended cell. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Step size = 0,1 sec Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_PAGING_REORG HMI name T_PAGING_REORG B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Duration of the paging reorganization procedure. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_PSCD_SCHEDULE_ACK HMI name T_PSCD_SCHEDULE_ACK B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer guarding on network side the sending of Packet Serving Cell Data or PSI messages for Cell Type No
Packet (P)SI Status feature. It is started at reception of Packet PSI Status / Packet SI Status Sub-syste MFS RMS No
message, and stopped when all PSCDs / PSIs have been sent to the mobile (as indicated by
RLC layer to RRM layer). Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External Two timers are used on MS side. The first one equals 1 sec (for first sending of Packet (P)SI Status), the second one equals 2 sec (for
comment subsequent sending of Packet (P)SI Status). The timer on network side will be set to 1 sec - RTD = 840 msec
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_PSI_PACCH HMI name T_PSI_PACCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Scheduling period of PSI or PSI13 on PACCH. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size =1sec, Min value 0 Coded 0
00000 == Deactivated PSI scheduling on PACCH,
00001 == 1s,

11110 == T_PSI_PACCH = 30 sec
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUAR HMI name T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUA B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer controls the maximum time during which a GPU waits for the response to a RD Cell Type
No
rerouting request.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal This timer prevents system lock in case of loss of the request or the response on the Ethernet bus or loss of the FLUSH-LL on Gb . It must
comment be chosen large enough to cover a Round trip time to the SGSN on Gb.
Logical name T_RESEL HMI name T_RESEL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Timer whose expiry allows a MS, which has performed an abnormal release with cell Cell Type No
reselection, to reselect the previous cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coded on 3 bits, 000= 5 sec, 001= 10 sec, 010 = 15 sec, 011 = 20 sec, 100= 30 sec, 101 = 60 Min value 5 Coded 0
sec, 110 = 120 sec, 111 = 300 sec
rules
External --
comment
comment MSs only apply this timer if another cell is available.
Logical name T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant HMI name T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in Cell Type No
case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant > T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant Max 300 Coded 300
rulesRecommended T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay -- Coded Def 9
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_RRLP_Low_Delay HMI name T_RRLP_Low_Delay B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in Cell Type No
case of a Low Delay Location Request. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T_Low_Delay > T_RRLP_Low_Delay Max 120 Coded 1200
rulesRecommended T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay -- Coded Def 20
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_SAGI_GUARD HMI name T_SAGI_GUARD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer to guard the response from the A-GPS server (on SAGI: interface with A-GPS server). Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_SAGI=1.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS) HMI name T_SHARED_DTM_INFO B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer monitoring the reception of BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (periodic or not) on Cell Type No
MFS side. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded 1
Mandatory shall be equal to T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC) Max 100 Coded 100
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_STOP_FR_EMISSION HMI name T stop frame relay emission B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer used to trigger restart of emission on a PVC (Frame Relay). Cell Type No
Instance PVC
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R Set by Create Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_TBF_ACTIV HMI name T_TBF_ACTIV B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Waiting time during which RLC layer is waiting for the first downlink LLC PDU. This timer is Cell Type No
started on TBF activation in RLC layer. It is stopped on receipt of the first LLC PDU from RRM Sub-syste MFS RMS No
layer. On its expiry, the relevant TBF is released.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_TBF_BCK_REL HMI name T_TBF_BCK_REL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Guard timer against blocking situations where a RLC/MAC control block is expected from the Cell Type No
MS. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Triggering condition:
End of UL TBF (an expected Packet Control Ack is not received), Instance MFS
End of DL TBF (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with FINAL indicator set to 1 is not
received for acknowledged mode and Packet Control Acknowledgement for unacknowledged
mode),
Tx window of DL TBF stalled (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack is not received).
Reseting condition:
Receipt of a RLC/MAC control block.
Action on expiry;
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size=0.1 sec Min value 1.5 Coded 15
rules
External --
comment
Internal The value of T-TBF-BCK-REL should be set accordingly to the round trip delay and the counters N3105 as followed:
comment T-TBF-BCK-REL = N3105*round_trip_delay + "margin of 250ms"
Logical name T_ul_access_max HMI name T_ul_access_max B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer to limit the duration of an UL TBF establishment. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 50 ms, 0 = 0 ms, 1 = 50 ms,... , 100 = 5000 ms Min value 0 Coded 0
rulesRecommended The two following rules are recommended: Coded Def 28
Recommended The two following rules are recommended: Def value 1400 Coded Def 28
rules i) The Time T_ul_access_max shall be longer than the duration of a radio allocation
requested towards the BSC.
ii) A too long value of T_ul_access_max may lead to reserve unnecessarily radio
resources. It is recommended to set T_ul_access_max = T_repeat + 240 ms
Round_Trip_Delay, where the T_Repeat is the maximum time between two successive
packet channel requests, 240 ms is a given margin. The value of T_Repeat depends on
the parameters S, TX_INT, and TX_INTEGER.
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending on whether or not GPRS

traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:
- T_ul_access_max = 1400 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all
the cells of the MFS,
- T_ul_access_max = 1900 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at
least one cell of the MFS.
External --
comment
Internal For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.
comment
Logical name T_ul_assign_ccch HMI name T_GPRS_assign_AGCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on AGCH aimed at Cell Type No
establishing an uplink or a downlink TBF (when the mobile station is non-DRX mode), or at Sub-syste MFS RMS No
allocating one uplink block.
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Virtual changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Mandatory The T_GPRS_assign_agch parameters is computed by the OMC as indicated in the table Max 2.5 Coded 25
rulesRecommended below: --
Recommended --
rules AG_PREMPT_PCH / BCCH_EXT / CCCH_CONF / BS_AG_BLKS_RES /
T_GPRS_assign_agch (ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms / T_GPRS_assign_agch (ms) if
round_trip_delay >= 500 ms / Comments
Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/

Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/
Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowed

Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/2000/2500/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowed
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/2500/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/

Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/
m template
Min
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/600/1200/Not allowed value Max
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/3/600/1200/Not allowed
Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowed

Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/ Def value 0.8 Coded Def 8
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/600/1200/
External Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/600/1200/ --
Internal comment Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/600/1200/ The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows:
comment Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/ T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1)
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowed A period lower than the round trip delay plus the RRBP duration may lead to the sending of two Packet DL
Assignment messages although
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/ the first assignment is correctly acknowledged by the MS. This behaviour has no consequence, the DL TBF begins after the
reception of
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/ the first Packet Control Ack messages.
As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_agch so that the period of retransmission of the
Packet Downlink Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e. T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of
50 ms.
In order not to unnecessary load the AGCH queue, it is recommended to set T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch.
The T_GPRS_assign_AGCH parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.
The T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the AG_PREEMPT_TCH, BCCH_EXT,
CCCH_CONF and BS_AG_BLKS_RES parameters. In addition, in an OMC, the T_GPRS_assign_agch_parameter is displayed to the O&M
user after the OMC computation.
Edition 14 ReleasedMore details on the setting of T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter can be found in the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0342.2001. BSS Telecom
parameters3BK 11203 0103 DSZZA Page 731
Logical name T_ul_assign_pccch HMI name T_ul_assign_PCCCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition The duration between the reception of the (EGPRS) Packet Channel Request message and Cell Type No
one uplink radio block allocated to the MS. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
- T_ul_asssign_pccch = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial
links in the serving cell,
- T_ul_assign_pccch = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or
Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
External --
comment
comment The following rule that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless:
t_ul_assign_pccch + round_trip_delay/2 + 6*20ms < T_ACK_WAIT.
Logical name T_UL_CONGESTION HMI name T_UL_CONGESTION B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer giving the periodicity of PDCH release in all cells of the BSS, in the UL congestion Cell Type No
process. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External Used only when EN_UL_CONGESTION is enabled
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH HMI name T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time to elapse between the transmission of the Immediate assignment message by the MFS Cell Type No
and the scheduling of the first USF for a UL TBF establishment on CCCH. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 50ms. Min value 0 Coded 0
If T_USF_Scheduling = 0, then the USF are scheduled by the MFS immediately after sending
the Immediate assignment message.
rules
External --
comment
Internal Too high value: useless delay of UL TBF establishment, when performed on CCCH,
comment Too low value: a few USF will be scheduled when the MS is not yet capable to use them.
Logical name T_WAIT_CS_PROC HMI name T_WAIT_CS_PROC B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer controlling on MFS side the repetition of BSCGP DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND / Cell Type No
BSCGP PACKET NOTIFICATION / BSCGP GPRS INFORMATION DL after reception of BSCGP Sub-syste MFS RMS No
DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause "BSC is in handover or assignment procedure") /
PACKET NOTIFICATION ACK (cause "BSC is in handover or assignment procedure") / BSCGP Instance MFS
GPRS INFORMATION DL ACK (cause "BSC is in handover or assignment procedure").
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_WAIT_DTM HMI name T_WAIT_DTM B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer supervising in the MFS the response of the BSC following a BSCGP Packet Notification Cell Type No
(containing a PS paging) in dedicated mode, or a BSCGP GPRS INFORMATION DL (also in Sub-syste MFS RMS No
dedicated mode).
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name T_WAIT_FLUSH HMI name T_WAIT_FLUSH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer monitoring the receipt of a Flush message or a GPRS suspend message further to the Cell Type No
release of the on-going TBF(s) Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Step size : 0.5 sec Min value 1 Coded 1
1 coded 1; 1,5 coded 2; 2 coded 3; 2,5 coded 4; .
15,5 coded 30 and 16 coded 31
rulesRecommended The timer T_WAIT_FLUSH shall be set to the maximum cell reselection duration plus the Coded Def 21
Recommended The timer T_WAIT_FLUSH shall be set to the maximum cell reselection duration plus the Def value 10 Coded Def 21
rules time for the MS to switch back to the old cell and send a Packet Cell Change Failure
External --
comment
Internal The timer shall cover the time needed to receive a FLUSH message from SGSN from the point in time the MS switchs in a new cell.
comment
Logical name T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN HMI name T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time margin used in the computation of the T_WAIT_PMR timer. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External -
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T200_GSL (MFS) HMI name T200_GSL (MFS) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to T200_GSL (BSC) Max 1 Coded 1
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T203_GSL (MFS) HMI name T203_GSL (MFS) B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Link supervision timer on the GSL link. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Equal to T203_GSL (BSC) Max 10 Coded 10
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T3166n HMI name T3166n B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum time a MS is waiting for a Packet UplinkAck/Nack for resolution contention. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T3168 (MFS) HMI name T3168 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending Cell Type No
a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL
TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in PSI1 within the GPRS Cell Options Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
001: 1000 ms
010: 1500 ms
011: 2000 ms
100: 2500 ms
101: 3000 ms
110: 3500 ms
111: 4000 ms.
Mandatory Equal to T3168 (BSC) Max 4 Coded 7
- T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links,
- T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links.
External The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round
comment trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a
value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS.
Internal The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless:
comment 1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT - MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - 60 (ms)
2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay.
T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time that can be expected at worse in the MFS for answering an uplink TBF request.
Because the MFS may have to request additional PDCHs to the BSC (which can take about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be
considered for this parameter.
T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum queuing time expected on PACCH and a value of about 200 msec should be
considered.
Definition Timer used in the procedure UL TBF abnormal release : when the UL TBF is cut due to the Cell Type No
radio link quality or loss of the MS, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3169. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T3169 = T3180 Max 15 Coded 15
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition This timer is used on the mobile station side to define when to stop waiting for the USF Cell Type No
determining the assigned portion of the uplink channel after the pervious RLC/MAC block is Sub-syste MFS RMS No
sent. In multislot operation, it is enough that the assigned USF is noted on one of the uplink
PDCHs. If expired, the mobile station repeats the procedure for random access. This timer Instance MFS
does not apply to fixed allocation transfers
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory T3169 = T3180 Max 15 Coded 15
rules
External --
comment
comment
Definition Timer used in the procedure UL TBF abnormal release : when the UL TBF is cut due to Cell Type No
continuous MS stalled TBF, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3182n. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Timer used in the procedure DL TBF abnormal release : when the DL TBF is cut due to the Cell Type No
radio link quality or loss of the MS, the TFI and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3190n. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Timer used in the procedure DL TBF abnormal release : the timer is used on the network Cell Type No
side to define when the current assignment is surely invalid on the MS side so that the TFI and Sub-syste MFS RMS No
TAI can be reused.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
0 0 0: 500 msec
0 0 1: 1000 msec
0 1 0: 1500 msec
1 1 1: 200 msec
rulesRecommended T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay +
RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) Coded Def 0
rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic Def value 500 Coded Def 0
==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell:
ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode
is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)
iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then :
- some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayed phase, and
- the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS, which may lead the MS
to send useless PMR before leaving its ready state.
==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in
the serving cell:
ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release
External The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 44.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS:
comment 0 1 1: 0 msec
1 0 0: 80 msec
1 0 1: 120 msec
1 1 0: 160 msec
Internal Broadcast in PSI
comment The value 200 msec has been requested in B9 by Tmobile
Logical name T3208n HMI name T3208n B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer guarding on network side the sending of Packet Neighbour Cell Data messages for Cell Type No
NACC feature. It is started at reception of Packet Cell Change Notification message, and m Sub-syste MFS template
RMS No
stopped when all PNCDs have been sent to the mobile (as indicated by RLC layer to RRM
layer). Instance MFS
reference domain y
Coding rulesreference step size = 10 ms access Min value 0Min Coded 0
rules
External This timer corresponds to T3208 on MS side. T3208n = T3208 - RTD = 960 ms - 160 ms value Max
comment
Internal -- mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL =
comment 1)
Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update Cell Type No
procedures. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Changeable Type Number Unit 6 mn
reference access
Coding rules 0: no periodic location update, coded on 8 bits Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal Needed for feature MPDCH
comment
Definition Link integrity verification polling timer (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933, Annex A, A.7). Cell Type No
Instance MFS
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rulesRecommended N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Coded Def 10
Recommended N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Def value 10 Coded Def 10
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name T5_RA_CAP_UPDATE HMI name T5_RA_CAP_UPDATE B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer to supervise the reception of the MSs current Radio Access capability from the SGSN Cell Type No
on Gb. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TBF_CS_DL HMI name TBF_CS_DL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold defining the number of consecutive PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK not received Cell Type No
above which the Coding Scheme of a DL acknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is Sub-syste MFS RMS No
changed to CS-1.
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of
comment consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellite link, in case where N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the
loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
Internal --
comment
Logical name TBF_CS_PERIOD HMI name TBF_CS_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of RLC data blocks after which the CS adaption decision may be made, in GPRS. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal This parameter replaces TBF_CS_PERIOD1.
comment
Logical name TBF_CS_UL HMI name TBF_CS_UL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid Cell Type No
UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot GPRS TBF before changing the Sub-syste MFS RMS No
coding scheme to CS1. For a multislot GPRS TBF, TBF_CS_UL_limit := TBF_CS_UL x
n_allocated Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD HMI name TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the window size required to estimate the CS3 BLER. The window size is expressed Cell Type No
as a number of DL RLC data blocks. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD HMI name TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Defines the window size required to estimate the CS4 BLER. The window size is expressed Cell Type No
as a number of DL RLC data blocks. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TBF_DL_INIT_CS HMI name TBF_DL_INIT_CS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial Cell Type No
value of the coding scheme otherwise. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4 Min value 1 Coded 0
Mandatory TBF_DL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS Max 4 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TBF_DL_INIT_MCS HMI name TBF_DL_INIT_MCS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of the downlink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is Cell Type No
disabled or initial value of the modulation and coding scheme otherwise. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : MCS-1 Min value 1 Coded 0
1 : MCS-2
2 : MCS-3
3 : MCS-4
4 : MCS-5
5 : MCS-6
6 : MCS-7
7 : MCS-8
8 : MCS-9
Mandatory TBF_DL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS Max 9 Coded 8
rules
External The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TBF_MCS_DL HMI name TBF_MCS_DL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold defining the number of consecutive EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK not Cell Type No
received above which the MCS of a DL acknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed Sub-syste MFS RMS No
to MCS-1.
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL
comment then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellite link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE <
TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
Internal --
comment
Logical name TBF_MCS_PERIOD HMI name TBF_MCS_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of radio blocks after which the MCS adaptation decision may be made, in EGPRS. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TBF_MCS_UL HMI name TBF_MCS_UL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid Cell Type No
UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot EGPRS TBF before changing Sub-syste MFS RMS No
the coding scheme to MCS1. For a multislot EGPRS TBF, TBF_MCS_UL_limit :=
TBF_MCS_UL x n_allocated_timeslots. Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TBF_UL_INIT_CS HMI name TBF_UL_INIT_CS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial Cell Type No
value of the coding scheme otherwise. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4 Min value 1 Coded 0
Mandatory TBF_UL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS Max 4 Coded 3
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TBF_UL_INIT_MCS HMI name TBF_UL_INIT_MCS B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of the uplink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is Cell Type No
disabled or initial value of the modulation and coding scheme otherwise. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0 : MCS-1 Min value 1 Coded 0
1 : MCS-2
2 : MCS-3
3 : MCS-4
4 : MCS-5
5 : MCS-6
6 : MCS-7
7 : MCS-8
8 : MCS-9
Mandatory TBF_UL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS Max 9 Coded 8
rules
External The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Tcorr HMI name T_GCH_CORR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Timer to supervise clock drift correction loop for 16k channel. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size=100ms Min value 0.5 Coded 5
rulesRecommended Tcorr > Trelease+240ms and Tcorr > Testab+240ms Coded Def 8
Recommended Tcorr > Trelease+240ms and Tcorr > Testab+240ms Def value 0.8 Coded Def 8
rules where 240 ms represents the maximum delay in MAC layer between the notification for a
DBN correction and the application of this DBN correction.
- Tcorr = 0.8 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving
cell,
- Tcorr = 1.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite
External HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tcorr.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Tdsl HMI name T_GCH_dsl B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of loss of downlink synchronisation for 16k channels. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
Mandatory Tdsl < Tfreeze Max 900 Coded 9
rulesRecommended Tdsl < Trelease -- Coded Def 4
External HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tdsl.
comment
Internal There is potential Interactions between Dynamic Abis allocation and CS traffic (CS call drop increase) when value is high. No clear
comment interaction test cases are identified today (neither during GCH establishment failure, nor during abnormal GCH release at MFS side).And
potential border effect of value decreasing (ex:200) are unknown.
Logical name Testab HMI name T_GCH_ESTAB B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Supervision of loss of GCH link establishment for 16k channels. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R Changeable Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
Coding rules step size= 100 ms Min value 0.1 Coded 1
rulesRecommended Treq_pending > Testab Coded Def 4
Recommended Treq_pending > Testab Def value 0.4 Coded Def 4
rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic
- Testab = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the
serving cell,
- Testab = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite
External HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Testab.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Tfreeze HMI name T_GCH_freeze B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Freeze of PDCH resource after an abnormal release for 16k channels. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size=100ms Min value 100 Coded 1
Mandatory Tfreeze > Tdsl Max 1200 Coded 12
rules
External HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tfreeze.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING HMI name THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold above which the load of the serving cell is considered in a high load situation in the Cell Type No
NC2 cell ranking process Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R Changeable Type Threshold Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Step size of 10% Min value 0 Coded 0
0 : 0%; 1: 10%; . 10 : 100%
rules
External This parameter is only relevant if the parameter NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to 2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS
comment or "3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS".
The serving cell is considered in a low load situation when THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING = 0 %. The value of 0 % deactivates the load
evaluation in the serving cell.
The load situation of external cells is unknown in the serving cell. The BSS then computes the NC2 load of those cells as follows:
- If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to a value lower than 100 %, then the cell is considered in a low load situation.
- If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to 100 %, then the cell is considered in an high load situation
Internal --
comment
Logical name THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_HIGH HMI name THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_HI B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This threshold defines the minimal duration before triggering the MFS defensive mechanism GH Cell Type
No
for radio resource management, according to the most important criteria (C1 and C3). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit mn
reference access
Coding rules step size=10min Min value 20 Coded 2
Mandatory The duration must be strictly greater than 10 min, which is the time used for other existing Max 600 Coded 60
rulesRecommended defensive mechanism in RRM (and because of other case of TCH_INFO_PERIOD restart) -- Coded Def 2
External --
comment
comment
Logical name THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_LOW HMI name THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_LO B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This threshold defines the minimal duration before triggering the MFS defensive mechanism W Cell Type
No
for radio resource management, according to the less important criteria (C2). Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit mn
reference access
Coding rules step size=10min Min value 20 Coded 2
Mandatory The duration must be strictly greater than 10 min, which is the time used for other existing Max 600 Coded 60
rulesRecommended defensive mechanism in RRM (and because of other case of TCH_INFO_PERIOD restart) -- Coded Def 18
External --
comment
comment
Logical name THRES_DSP_XOFF HMI name THRES_DSP_XOFF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Cell Type No
Threshold above which downlink LLC PDUs are no more sent by RRM to RLC. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Coding rules step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%) Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > Max 100 Coded 1000
rulesRecommended THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF > THRES_LOW_DSP_XON -- Coded Def 840
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name THRES_DSP_XON HMI name THRES_DSP_XON B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Threshold Cell Type No
under which downlink LLC PDU are sent again by RRM to RLC, after having previously Sub-syste MFS RMS No
encountered a DSP memory congestion situation (due to the THRES_DSP_XOFF threshold).
. Instance GPU
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Coding rules step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%) Min value 0 Coded 0
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name THRES_G_MAX_HIGH HMI name THRES_G_MAX_HIGH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Threshold used to handle the transition between the G_XOFF and G_MAX Sub-syste MFS RMS No
congestion states. In the G_MAX congestion state, some TBFs will be released, in order to
free some DSP memory. Instance GPU
reference domain y
Spec GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit %
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1 % Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON Max 100 Coded 1000
rulesRecommended > THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF > THRES_LOW_DSP_XON -- Coded Def 959
External --
comment
Internal The THRES_G_MAX_HIGH value is limited to a maximum defined for each software generation.
comment A maximum value is defined in BSS telecom parameters to prevent the DSP from refusing the configuration.
Note that any value depend on the DSP implementation (free DSP memory size) and needs to be tuned.
The default value is the initial one.
Logical name THRES_G_MAX_LOW HMI name THRES_G_MAX_LOW B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Threshold used to handle the transition between the G_MAX and G_XOFF congestion states. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1 % Min value 0 Coded 0
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF HMI name THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Threshold above which TBF establishment is not possible. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000) Min value 0 Coded 0
External --
comment
comment Due to CR181116, in PTU memory overload situation, the DL LLC PDUs associated to RT PFCs and associated to signalling traffic will not
be favoured compared to the DL LLC PDUs associated to lower-priority NRT traffic !
Logical name THRES_LOW_DSP_XON HMI name THRES_LOW_DSP_XON B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Threshold under whichTBF establishment becomes possible again, after having previously Sub-syste MFS RMS No
encountered a DSP memory congestion situation (due to the THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF
threshold). Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
External --
comment
comment Due to CR181116, in PTU memory overload situation, the DL LLC PDUs associated to RT PFCs and associated to signalling traffic will not
be favoured compared to the DL LLC PDUs associated to lower-priority NRT traffic !
Logical name THRES_N_TBF_OFF HMI name THRES_N_TBF_OFF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Management of DSP memory in GPU. Threshold above which TBF establishment is not Cell Type No
possible. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended > THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON -- Coded Def 790
External --
comment
comment
Logical name THRES_N_TBF_ON HMI name THRES_N_TBF_ON B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Management of DSP memory in GPU. Threshold under which TBF establishment becomes Cell Type No
possible after previously encountered TBF congestion. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance GPU
reference domain y
reference access
rulesRecommended > THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON -- Coded Def 750
External --
comment
comment
Logical name Tns_alive HMI name TnsAlive B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time-out to trigger the test procedure. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Tns_block HMI name TnsBlock B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time-out to trigger the block/unblock procedure. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Tns_reset HMI name TnsReset B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Time-out for reset procedure. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Tns_test HMI name TnsTest B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Overall time-out to test an NS-VC. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Trelease HMI name T_GCH_release B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of GCH link release for 16k channel. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Trelease > Tdsl Max 1200 Coded 12
rulesRecommended Treq_pending > Trelease It is recommended to set this
parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic Coded Def 5
rules is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: Def value 500 Coded Def 5
- Trelease = 500 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all
the cells of the MFS,
- Trelease = 1000 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater
External HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Trelease.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Treq_pending HMI name Treq_pending B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Maximum time during which a GCH establishment or release request from PMU can be Cell Type No
delayed in MEGCH layer. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS MFS-BTS interface - MEGCH stack OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
Mandatory Treq_pending > Trelease + Tcorr Max 5200 Coded 260
rulesRecommended Treq_pending > Testab + Tcorr Coded Def 100
Recommended Treq_pending > Testab + Tcorr Def value 2000 Coded Def 100
rules
External --
comment
Internal At the timer expiry, PTU is forced to provide an answer to the PMU request.
comment
Logical name TRTS_PS HMI name TRTS_PS B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition This timer is used in the BTS to supervise the state of a RTS used as a PDCH. This timer is Cell Type No
started when the BTS does not receive in a 20 ms period a valid DL frame on the RTS and is Sub-syste MFS RMS No
stopped when it receives one DL valid frame.
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec GPRS MFS-BTS interface - MEGCH stack OMC-R None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name Tusl HMI name T_GCH_usl B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Supervision of loss of uplink synchronisation for 16k channels. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Mandatory Tusl < (20 x 48) = 960 ms Max 900 Coded 9
rules
External HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tusl.
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in Cell Type No
acknowledged mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in Cell Type No
unacknowledged mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of received RLC data blocks for GPRS TBF after which TX_EFFICIENCY is computed. Cell Type No
Instance BSS
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TX_INT HMI name TX_INT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of PRACH timeslots to spread transmission of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Possible values are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50, coded from 0000 to Min value 2 Coded 0
1111
rulesRecommended It is recommended to set TX_INT so that the corresponding spreading time is about 240 Coded Def 6
Recommended It is recommended to set TX_INT so that the corresponding spreading time is about 240 Def value 8 Coded Def 6
rules ms.
External --
comment
comment
Logical name Tx_integer (MFS) HMI name TX_INTEGER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary Min value 3 Coded 0
coded from 0000 to 1111
Mandatory Equal to Tx_Integer (BSC) Max 50 Coded 15
rulesRecommended When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to Coded Def 14
Recommended When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to Def value 32 Coded Def 14
rules set:
TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0
TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1.
When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set:
TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.
The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request
messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform
distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the
CCCH configuration as shown below:
1) for non combined CCCH:

Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms)
2) for combined CCCH:

Note:
- In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe
External When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set:
comment TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0
TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1
Internal Needed for feature MPDCH. m template
comment For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.
Logical name UL_POLL_FACTOR HMI name UL_DATA_CREDIT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the uplink cyclic polling algorithm. Cell Type No
Sub-syste MFS Min RMS No
value Instance cell Max
reference - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe. domain y
Spec GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit None
reference access
rules
External The max number of uplink TBFs assigned per PDCH shall be such that the TBF scheduling periodicity needed for BTS measurements is
comment respected (taking into account needed bandwidth for PACCH en uplink).
Internal --
comment
Logical name USF_NE HMI name usfNe B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition USF "No emission" used to schedule UL signalling of TBF without USF. Cell Type No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded 0
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION HMI name WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Weighting factor used in the transfer bias determination in order to mitigate resource Cell Type No
reallocations due to changing bias. Sub-syste MFS RMS No
Instance MFS
reference domain y
Spec FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit %
reference access
rules
External This parameter allows to avoid changing the bias of the on-going transfer too often. The number of bytes transferred in each direction is
comment actually a weighted average taking into account WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION * the weighted average as of the previous assessment.
Internal --
comment
Logical name WI_DTM HMI name WI_DTM B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Value of Wait Indication for DTM requets Cell Type No
Instance MFS
Rec Application DTM Categor System (CST)
reference domain y
Spec Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification OMC-R None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
comment
Logical name WI_PR HMI name Wait Indication for Packet Access B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Wait indication used in PACKET ACCESS REJECT. Reject Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
OMC parameters
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No
Sub-syste OMC RMS No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of 15 characters, see BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], n=1..15
comment
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No
Instance BSC
reference domain y
reference access
rules
comment
Internal In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of 15 characters, see BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], n=1..15
comment
Logical name Cell_Type HMI name Cell Type B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, Cell Type No
CELL_RANGE. Used for cell default parameter template. Sub-syste OMC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Handover preparation OMC-R Changeable Type Abstract Unit None
reference access
Coding rules Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Min value * Coded
Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor
Mandatory - EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to Extended Max * Coded
rulesRecommended inner or Extended outer. --
rules (respectively RAC when they are PS capable).
- The micro concentric, mini concentric and indoor concentric cells must be multiband (the
allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800). This restriction
Def value # Coded Def
External *: possible values are:
comment - Single
- Umbrella
- Umbrella Concentric
- Micro
- Mini
- Micro Concentric
- Mini Concentric
- Indoor
- Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI)
- Extended Inner
- Extended Outer
Internal Value computed according to CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE and CELL_RANGE.
comment
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_FR HMI name DTX_FR_INDICATOR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Applies for all codecs types except Cell Type No
AMR. Sub-syste OMC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules coding rules : 0: MS May Use DTX for FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for FR, 2: MS shall not use Min value 0 Coded 0
DTX for FR
Mandatory The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are Max 2 Coded 2
rulesRecommended possible (FR/HR): --
Recommended may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and --
rules shall not/shall not.
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and
DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR HMI name DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR FR. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX Min value 0 Coded 0
for AMR FR
Mandatory The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / Max 2 Coded 2
rulesRecommended DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): --
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and
DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_HR HMI name DTX_HR_INDICATOR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for HR Min value 0 Coded 0
Mandatory The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are Max 2 Coded 2
rulesRecommended possible (FR/HR): --
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and
DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR HMI name DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR HR. Cell Type No
Instance cell
reference domain y
reference access
Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR HR, 2: MS shall not use Min value 0 Coded 0
DTX for AMR HR
Mandatory The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / Max 2 Coded 2
rulesRecommended DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): --
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and
DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
External --
comment
Internal --
comment
Logical name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD HMI name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No
Definition Periodicity of traffic load update in resource allocation algorithms = N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x Cell Type No
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD. Sub-syste OMC RMS No
Instance cell
reference domain y
Spec Resource allocation & management OMC-R OMC local display Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External The given default value corresponds to the value calculated by the OMC, based on the values of N_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the
comment nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), A_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by
DLS default value), TCH_INFO_PERIOD.
Internal The parameter is displayed in minutes and seconds
comment
TC parameters
Logical name T_release HMI name T_release B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Definition Maximum time after loss of synchronisation before TRAU returns to idle mode. Cell Type No
Sub-syste TC RMS No
Instance TRAU
reference domain y
Spec TC/BTS Interface OMC-R None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec
reference access
rules
External --
comment
Internal Coded in the software
comment
Default values for RMS
Template number
Logical name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
EN_BALANCED_CI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 4 4
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 6 6
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 14 8 8
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 18 10 10
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 20 14 14
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8] 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 22 18 18
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 24 22 22
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 -12 -12 -12
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 -9 -9 -9
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 -6 -6 -6
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 -3 -3 -3
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 0 0 0
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 3 3 3
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7] 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 6 6 6
templates MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8] 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 9 9 9
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 12 12 12
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] -53 -53 -53 -51 -51 -51 -60 -60 -60 -74 -74 -74 -53 -53 -53 -53
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] -60 -60 -60 -55 -55 -55 -65 -65 -65 -78 -78 -78 -60 -60 -60 -60
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] -66 -66 -66 -59 -59 -59 -70 -70 -70 -82 -82 -82 -66 -66 -66 -66
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] -72 -72 -72 -63 -63 -63 -75 -75 -75 -86 -86 -86 -72 -72 -72 -72
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5] -79 -79 -79 -67 -67 -67 -80 -80 -80 -90 -90 -90 -79 -79 -79 -79
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] -85 -85 -85 -71 -71 -71 -85 -85 -85 -94 -94 -94 -85 -85 -85 -85
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] -91 -91 -91 -75 -75 -75 -90 -90 -90 -98 -98 -98 -91 -91 -91 -91
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8] -97 -97 -97 -79 -79 -79 -95 -95 -95 -102 -102 -102 -97 -97 -97 -97
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] -104 -104 -104 -83 -83 -83 -100 -100 -100 -106 -106 -106 -104 -104 -104 -104
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -20
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 4
MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 4 8
MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6 12
MEAS_STAT_S_i [5] 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 8 14
MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 10 16
MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 14 18
MEAS_STAT_S_i [8] 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 18 20
MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1] 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2] 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3] 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4] 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [5] 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [6] 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [7] 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [8] 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [9] 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55
VQ_AVERAGE 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
VQ_BAD_RXFER 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
VQ_FER_THRESHOLD 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
VQ_GOOD_RXFER 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
VQ_RXLEV -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95
VQ_RXQUAL 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Default parameter values according to number of TRX in the cell
This table gives the default values according to the number of TRX in the cell for all parameters with "TRXnb" indicated in "Def value" column.
Parameter Name 1TRX 2TRX 3TRX 4TRX 5TRX 6TRX 7TRX 8TRX 9TRX 10TRX 11TRX 12TRX 13TRX 14TRX 15TRX 16TRX Comment
s
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD 4 4 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Following
rule is
applied :
A_TRAFFI
C_LOAD x
N_TRAFF
IC_LOAD
= 24
BTS_Q_LENGTH 4 4 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Freelevel_1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10
Freelevel_2 2 3 5 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 16 17 19 20 22 21
Freelevel_3 4 7 10 12 14 17 20 23 26 28 31 34 37 40 44 47
Freelevel_4 6 9 12 15 21 26 30 34 38 42 47 51 56 61 67 74
Freelevel_DR(n) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
H_LOAD_OBJ 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_ 70 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
GPRS
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD 45 45 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
L_LOAD_OBJ 0 10 20 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD 20 20 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD 6 6 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
Default parameter values according to the cell type
This table gives the default values according to Cell Type for all parameters with "CT" indicated in "Def value" column.
The default parameter values are all based on the Evolium product.
An asterix (*) means that the value of the parameter is not changeable.
Parameter Single Umbrella Concentri Concentric Concentri Concentri Microcel Minicell Extende Extende Indoor Concentri
Umbrella c c Minicell l d inner d outer Microce c indoor
Microcell
A_ECNO_HO 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 4
A_LEV_HO 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 4
A_LEV_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 N/A 2 N/A N/A N/A 2 2
A_PBGT_HO 12 12 12 12 6 12 6 12 12 12 6 6
A_QUAL_HO 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 4
BS_P_CON_ACK 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2
BS_P_CON_INT 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER N/A N/A # # # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #

(BSC)
CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE macro (0) macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * micro (1) * macro (0) micro (1) * macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * micro (1) * micro (1)*
* *
CELL_EV grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) order (0) grade (1) order (0) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) order (0) order (0)
CELL_LAYER_TYPE single (0) upper (1) * single (0) * upper (1) * lower (2) * lower (2) * lower (2) * lower (2) * single (0) * single (0) * indoor (3) indoor (3) *
* *
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE normal (0) normal (0) concentric concentric (1) concentric concentric normal (0) normal (0) normal (0) normal (0) normal (0) concentric
* * (1) * * (1) * (1) * * * * *
Microcell
CELL_RANGE (BSC) normal (0) normal (0) normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) normal (0) normal (0) normal (0) extended extended normal (0) normal (0) *
* * * * * * inner (2) * outer (1) * *
CELL_RANGE (MFS) normal (0) normal (0) normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) normal (0) normal (0) normal (0) extended extended normal (0) normal (0) *
* * * * * * inner (2) * outer (1) * *
DELTA_DEC_HO_margin 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 4 dB (4)
DELTA_INC_HO_margin 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 4 dB (4)
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO N/A N/A enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A enable (1)
EN_DIST_HO enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0)
EN_LOAD_BALANCE N/A N/A disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A disable (0)
EN_MCHO_H_DL disable disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1)
(0) * * * * * *
EN_MCHO_H_UL disable disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1)
(0) * * * * * *
EN_MCHO_NCELL disable enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0)*
(0) * * * *
EN_MCHO_RESCUE disable disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1)
(0) * * * * * *
EN_PBGT_FILTERING enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0)
EN_RESCUE_UM N/A N/A N/A N/A enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) N/A N/A enable (1) enable (1)
EN_RL_RECOV enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1)
Microcell
EN_SPEED_DISC disable disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0)
(0) * * *
Freelevel_DR(n) See See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See See See See 255 * 255 * See See TRXnb
TRXnb TRXnb TRXnb TRXnb TRXnb TRXnb
H_LOAD_OBJ N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 5 dB 2 dB 5 dB 2 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB
HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) 2 dB 2 dB 0 dB 0 dB 5 dB 0 dB 5 dB 0 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) 1 dB 1 dB 1 dB 1 dB 5 dB 1 dB 5 dB 1 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB
HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) disabled disabled enable (0) enable (0)
(1) * (1) *
HOmargin (0,n) 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB
L_LOAD_OBJ N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
L_RXLEV_DL_H -91 dBm -91 dBm -91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -96 dBm -91 dBm -96 dBm -91 dBm -96 dBm -98 dBm -96 dBm -96 dBm
(19) (19) (14) (19) (14) (19) (14) (12) (14)
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) -85 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -70 dBm -85 dBm -70 dBm -85 dBm N/A N/A -70 dBm -70 dBm
(25) (25) (40) (25) (40) (25) (40)
L_RXLEV_UL_H -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm
(10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10)
L_RXLEV_UL_P -95 dBm -95 dBm -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15) -85 dBm -95 dBm -85 dBm -95 dBm -95 dBm -95 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm
(15) (15) (25) (15) (25) (15) (15) (15) (25)
L_TIME_ADVANCE N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0 N/A N/A
Microcell
Loadfactor_2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 0 0 -2 -2
Loadfactor_3 -5 -5 -5 -5 -4 -5 -4 -5 0 0 -4 -4
Loadfactor_4 -7 -7 -7 -7 -6 -7 -6 -7 0 0 -6 -6
Loadfactor_5 -10 -10 -10 -10 -8 -10 -8 -10 0 0 -8 -8
MIN_CONNECT_TIME N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 s 40 s 20 s 40 s N/A N/A 10 s 10 s
MS_P_CON_ACK 3s 3s 3s 3s 2s 3s 2s 3s 3s 3s 2s 2s
MS_P_CON_INT 1s 1s 1s 1s 0s 1s 0s 1s 1s 1s 0s 0s
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER N/A N/A # # # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #
N_BAD_SACCH N/A N/A N/A N/A 4 N/A 4 N/A N/A N/A 4 4
N_BSTXPWR_M 13 13 13 13 15 13 15 13 13 13 15 15
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) N/A N/A -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm -47 dBm N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -47 dBm
(63) (63)
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) N/A N/A N/A N/A -88 dBm -88 dBm -88 dBm -88 dBm N/A N/A -88 dBm -88 dBm
(22) (22) (22) (22) (22)
PENALTY_TIME(BSC) inhibited inhibited inhibited (31) inhibited (31) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) inhibited inhibited 20 s (0) 20 s (0)
(31) (31) (31) (31)
PENALTY_TIME(n)(BSC) inhibited inhibited inhibited (31) inhibited (31) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) inhibited inhibited 20 s (0) 20 s (0)
(31) (31) (31) (31)
Microcell
RXLEV_DL_IH -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -70 dBm -60 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm
(45) (45) (45) (45) (45) (45) (40) (50) (45)
RXLEV_DL_ZONE N/A N/A -71 dBm (39) -71 dBm (39) -71 dBm -71 dBm N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -71 dBm
(39) (39)
RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -70 dBm -60 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm
(45) (45) (45) (45) (45) (45) (40) (50) (45)
RXLEV_UL_IH -75 dBm -75 dBm -75 dBm (35) -75 dBm (35) -65 dBm -70 dBm -65 dBm -70 dBm -75 dBm -75 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm
(35) (35) (45) (40) (45) (40) (35) (35) (45)
RXLEV_UL_ZONE N/A N/A -78 dBm (32) -78 dBm (32) -78 dBm -78 dBm N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -78 dBm
(32) (32)
RXLEVmin(n) -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -102 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm
(10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (8) (10)
TEMPORARY_OFFSET 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7)
TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7)
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A -91 dBm N/A -91 dBm N/A N/A N/A -91 dBm -91 dBm
(19) (19) (19)
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A -98 dBm N/A -98 dBm N/A N/A N/A -98 dBm -98 dBm
(12) (12) (12)
U_RXLEV_UL_P -85 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -75 dBm -85 dBm -75 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm -75 dBm -75 dBm
(25) (25) (35) (25) (35) (25) (25) (25) (35)
U_TIME_ADVANCE 35 km 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 1 km (2) 35 km (63) 1 km (2) 35 km (63) 34.5 km 35 km (63) 500 m (1) 500 m (1)
(63) (62)
W_LEV_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 N/A 1 N/A N/A N/A 1 1
Microcell
ZONE_TYPE N/A N/A # # # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #
Alphabetic X-reference of
All parameters given in this document are listed hereafter, by alphabetical order. The sub-system in which they are used is also
provided.
Note: The table must be read from left to right, and then up to down.
A_ECNO_HO BSC A_LEV_HO BSC A_LEV_MCHO BSC
A_LEV_PC BSC A_PBGT_DR BSC A_PBGT_HO BSC
A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR BSC A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR BSC A_QUAL_HO BSC
A_QUAL_PC BSC A_RANGE_HO BSC A_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC
ABORT_FRAME BTS AC_0 BSC AC_1 BSC
AC_11 BSC AC_12 BSC AC_13 BSC
AC_9 BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2) BSC
AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=3) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=4) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=5) BSC
AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=6) BSC ACCESS_BURST_TYPE MFS ACCESS_RATE_BC MFS
ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM BSC ADDR_MON BSC ADDR_TR BSC
AG_FULL BTS AG_PREMPT_PCH BSC ALLOC_ANYWAY BSC
ALPHA (BSC) BSC ALPHA (MFS) MFS AMR_FR_HYST BSC
AMR_FR_SUBSET BSC AMR_FR_THR_1 BSC AMR_FR_THR_2 BSC
AMR_FR_THR_3 BSC AMR_HR_HYST BSC AMR_HR_SUBSET BSC
AMR_HR_THR_1 table BSC AMR_HR_THR_2 BSC AMR_HR_THR_3
BSC
AMR_START_MODE_FR BSC AMR_START_MODE_HR BSC ARC_SIZE_FACTOR MFS
Ater_Usage_Threshold MFS ATT (BSC) BSC ATT (MFS) MFS
AUT_BAR BSC AUTO_DSC BSC B_NUM BSC
BCC (BSC) BSC BCC (MFS) MFS BCC (n) MFS
BCCH_ARFCN(n) MFS BCCH_CUT_TIMER BTS BCCH_EXT BSC
BCCH_FREQUENCY BSC BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) BSC BEP_PERIOD MFS
BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY MFS BF_HI_RX BSC BF_HI_TX BSC
BF_LO_RX BSC BF_LO_TX BSC BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) BSC
BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) MFS BS_CV_MAX (BSC) BSC BS_CV_MAX (MFS) MFS
BS_P_CON_ACK BSC BS_P_CON_INT BSC BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) BSC
BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) MFS BS_PAG_BLKS_RES MFS BS_PBCCH_BLKS MFS
BS_PRACH_BLKS MFS BS_PRR_BLKS MFS BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH MFS
BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) BSC BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) MFS BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) BSC
BS_TXPWR_MIN BSC BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND BSC BSC_ID(n) MFS
BSC_X25_primary_address OMC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10] BSC
BSC_X25_primary_address_i [11] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [12] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [13] BSC
BSC_X25_primary_address_i [9] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address OMC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i BSC
[1]
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i BSC
[10] [11] [12]
[13] [14] [15]
[2] [3] [4]
[5] [6] [7]
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i BSC BSIC (GSM) BSC
[8] [9]
BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 3) BSC
BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 4) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 5) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 6) BSC
BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 7) BSC BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY BSC bssgp_T1 MFS
bssgp_T2 MFS bssgp_T3 MFS bssgp_T4 MFS
BTS_CIPH_CAP BSC BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND BTS BTS_Q_LENGTH BSC
BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES MFS BVC_RESET_RETRIES MFS BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES MFS
C31_HYST MFS C32_QUAL MFS Call_user_data_sel BSC
CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION BSC CBC_window BSC CBC_X25_primary_address BSC
CBC_X25_secondary_address BSC CBS MFS CCCH_CONF (BSC) BSC
CCCH_CONF (MFS) MFS CELL_BAR_ACCESS BSC CELL_BAR_QUALIFY BSC
CELL_CAPACITY_CLASS BSC CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE BSC CELL_EV BSC
CELL_LAYER_TYPE BSC CELL_PARTITION_TYPE BSC CELL_RANGE (BSC) BSC
CELL_RANGE (MFS) MFS CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS BSC CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS( BSC

n)
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET BSC CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET MFS CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(B BSC
(BSC) (MFS) SC)
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(M MFS CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND BSC Cell_Type OMC
FS)
CGI_3G_REQD BSC CGI_REQD BSC CI (BSC) BSC
CI (MFS) MFS CI(n) MFS CI_3G(n) BSC
CIC BSC CIR MFS CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN MFS
CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTO MFS CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLO MFS COUNT_DECR BSC

R_SLOPE PE
COUNT_I_THRESHOLD BSC COUNT_INCR_1 BSC COUNT_INCR_2 BSC
CRC_ERR BTS CRC_MON BSC CRC_TR BSC
CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT MFS CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST MFS CS_BLER_DL_3_4 MFS
CS_BLER_DL_4_3 MFS CS_HST_DL_LT MFS CS_HST_DL_ST MFS
CS_HST_UL_LT MFS CS_HST_UL_ST MFS CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK MFS
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK MFS CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK MFS CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK MFS
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK MFS CS_SIR_HST_DL MFS CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n) BSC
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell MFS Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS MFS DELAY_FORCED_LOAD_REPOR MFS

T
DELTA_DEC_HO_margin BSC DELTA_INC_HO_margin BSC DL_POLL_FACTOR MFS
DLCI MFS DMA_OVERRUN BTS DMA_UNDERRUN BTS
DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE BSC Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR BSC Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR BSC
Downlink_DTX_enable_HR BSC DPC BSC DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) BSC
DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) MFS DSP_CPU_Class_1 MFS DSP_CPU_Class_1_GPRS MFS
DSP_CPU_Class_2 MFS DSP_CPU_Class_2_GPRS MFS DSP_CPU_Class_3 MFS
DSP_CPU_Class_4 MFS DSP_CPU_Class_5 MFS DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACT MFS

OR
DSP_LOAD_THR_1 MFS DSP_LOAD_THR_2 MFS DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) BSC
DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) MFS DTX_INDICATOR_FR OMC DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR OMC
DTX_INDICATOR_HR OMC DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR OMC DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH BSC
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR BSC DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER BSC DWELL_TIME_STEP BSC
E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD MFS EBS MFS EC BSC
EC_BAR BSC ECSC BSC EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE BSC
EDR_MSG_ORDER BSC EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED BSC EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL BSC
EFR_ENABLED BSC EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor MFS EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite MFS
EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT MFS EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLIT MFS EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor MFS

E
EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite MFS EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY BSC EME_DATA_TIMER BSC
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELEC BSC EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELEC BSC EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELEC MFS
TION TION(BSC) TION(MFS)
EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n) BSC EN_3G_HO BSC EN_AMR_CA BSC
EN_AMR_FR BSC EN_AMR_HR BSC EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING MFS
EN_BALANCED_CI BSC EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO BSC EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) BSC
EN_BS_PC BSC EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR BSC EN_CBL MFS
EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP BSC EN_CONV_GPS MFS EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK MFS
EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK MFS EN_DATA_144 BSC EN_DIST_HO BSC
EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING MFS EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS MFS EN_DR BSC
EN_DTM BSC EN_EGPRS BSC EN_EXT_DR BSC
EN_EXT_MEAS_REP BSC EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF MFS EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCES MFS

S
EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO BSC EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED MFS EN_FORCED_DR BSC
EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF BSC EN_FULL_IR_DL MFS EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO BSC
EN_GPRS BSC EN_IC_HO BSC EN_IM_ASS_REJ BSC
EN_INBAND_PAGING BSC EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH BSC EN_INTRA_DL BSC
EN_INTRA_DL_AMR BSC EN_INTRA_UL BSC EN_INTRA_UL_AMR BSC
EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED BSC EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE BSC EN_IR_UL MFS
EN_LCS (BSC) BSC EN_LCS (MFS) MFS EN_LNK_M BSC
EN_LOAD_BALANCE BSC EN_LOAD_MNGT BSC EN_LOAD_ORDER BSC
EN_LOAD_OUTER BSC EN_MA_SELECTION BSC EN_MCHO_H_DL BSC
EN_MCHO_H_UL BSC EN_MCHO_NCELL BSC EN_MCHO_RESCUE BSC
EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS MFS EN_MS_BASED_AGPS MFS EN_MS_PC BSC
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO BSC EN_NACC MFS EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR MFS
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n MFS EN_PBGT_FILTERING BSC EN_PBGT_HO BSC

)
EN_PCR BSC EN_PFC_FEATURE MFS EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO BSC
EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING BSC EN_PSI_STATUS MFS EN_PSI3_Coding2 MFS
EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE MFS EN_RESCUE_UM BSC EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL MFS
EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO BSC EN_RL_RECOV BSC EN_RXLEV_DL BSC
EN_RXLEV_UL BSC EN_RXQUAL_DL BSC EN_RXQUAL_UL BSC
EN_SAGI MFS EN_SEND_CM3 BSC EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE BSC
EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER BSC EN_SOLSA MFS EN_SOLSA(n) MFS
EN_SPEED_DISC BSC EN_STREAMING MFS EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO BSC
EN_TCH_PREEMPT BSC EN_TFO BSC EN_TFO_MATCH BSC
EN_TFO_OPT BSC EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) BSC EN_UL_CONGESTION MFS
EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT BSC EN_UPLINK_REPLY BSC EN_VGCS BSC
EXT_HO_FORCED BSC FDD_ARFCN(n) BSC FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) BSC
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset MFS FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING BSC FDD_Qmin(BSC) BSC
FDD_Qoffset (BSC) BSC FDD_REP_QUANT BSC FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET BSC
FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD BSC Filter_Suspend_Cause BSC FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC MFS
FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS MFS FORBID_AMR_NS BSC FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F BSC
FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADE BSC FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR BSC FR_INFO_SIZE MFS

D
FRAME_DISCARD BTS Freefactor_1 BSC Freefactor_2 BSC
Freefactor_3 BSC Freefactor_4 BSC Freefactor_5 BSC
Freelevel_1 BSC Freelevel_2 BSC Freelevel_3 BSC
Freelevel_4 BSC Freelevel_DR(n) BSC FREQUENCY_RANGE BSC
FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) MFS GAMMA_TNx MFS GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_ MFS

Usage
GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES MFS GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYST MFS GPRS_DL_Ack_period MFS
_FLAG ERESIS
GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite MFS GPRS_HCS_THR MFS GPRS_HCS_THR(n) MFS
GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH MFS GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) MFS GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF MFS

_VALUE
GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n) MFS GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS MFS GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n) MFS
GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET( MFS GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN MFS GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) MFS

n)
GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) MFS GPRS_UL_Ack_period MFS GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite MFS
GSM_PHASE BSC H_LOAD_OBJ BSC H_MIN_DWELL_TIME BSC
HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH MFS HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGRO MFS HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRI MFS

UND_PRIORITY ORITY
HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRI MFS HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRI MFS HIGH_THRES_B_MAX MFS

ORITY ORITY
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS BSC HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED BSC
HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED BSC HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) BSC HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) BSC
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) BSC HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT BSC HOmargin (0,n) BSC
HR_ENABLED BSC I_LAPD_MAX_RX BTS I_LAPD_MAX_TX BTS
I_TX_LAPD BSC IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL BSC INACT_DLCI BTS
INBAND_PAGING_THR BSC IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAI MFS

L
INTAVE BSC INTFBD1 BSC INTFBD2 BSC
INTFBD3 BSC INTFBD4 BSC INTFBD5 BSC
INVALID_ADR BTS K_AVG_L MFS K_AVG_Q MFS
K_GSL (BSC) BSC K_GSL (MFS) MFS K_LAPD_OML BTS
K_LAPD_RSL BTS K_LAPDm BTS K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite BSC
K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial BSC K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite BSC K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial BSC
K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite BSC K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial BSC K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite BSC
K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial BSC KEEP_CODEC_HO BSC L_LOAD_OBJ BSC
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME BSC L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) BSC L_RXLEV_DL_H BSC
L_RXLEV_DL_P BSC L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) BSC L_RXLEV_UL_H BSC
L_RXLEV_UL_P BSC L_RXQUAL_DL_H BSC L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR BSC
L_RXQUAL_DL_P BSC L_RXQUAL_UL_H BSC L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR BSC
L_RXQUAL_UL_P BSC L_TIME_ADVANCE BSC LAC (BSC) BSC
LAC (MFS) MFS LAC(n) MFS LAC_3G(n) BSC
LB_DECR BSC LB_INCR BSC LCS_AZIMUTH MFS
LCS_LATITUDE MFS LCS_LONGITUDE MFS Length_On_Going_Requests_Lis MFS

tA_GP
Length_On_Going_Requests_Lis MFS Length_On_Going_Requests_Lis MFS Length_On_Going_Requests_Lis MFS

tA_GPU tB_GP tB_GPU
Length_Suspended_Requests_Q MFS Length_Suspended_Requests_Q MFS Length_Suspended_Requests_Q MFS
ueueA_GP ueueA_GPU ueueB_GP
Length_Suspended_Requests_Q MFS Linkfactor (0,n) BSC LOAD_EV_PERIOD BSC

ueueB_GPU
LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS BSC Loadfactor_1 BSC Loadfactor_2 BSC
Loadfactor_3 BSC Loadfactor_4 BSC Loadfactor_5 BSC
Loadlevel_1 BSC Loadlevel_2 BSC Loadlevel_3 BSC
Loadlevel_4 BSC LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGRO MFS LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRI MFS

UND_PRIORITY ORITY
LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRI MFS LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRI MFS LOW_THRES_B_MAX MFS

ORITY ORITY
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC LSA_ID_array (BSC) BSC LSA_ID_array (MFS) MFS
LSA_ID_array (n) MFS LSA_OFFSET BSC M_PEND_A (BTS) BTS
M_PEND_A (G2 BSC) BSC M_PEND_A (MX BSC) BSC M1 BSC
M2 BSC MATE_CI (BSC) BSC MATE_CI (MFS) MFS
MAX_ADJ_CELL MFS MAX_ADJ_CELL_3G_HO BSC MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY MFS
MAX_BLER MFS MAX_CTXT_MS_GP MFS MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU MFS
MAX_CTXT_TBF_GP MFS MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPU MFS MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP MFS
MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPU MFS MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH MFS MAX_EGPRS_MCS MFS
MAX_GCH_DSP MFS MAX_GCH_DSP_GP MFS Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans MFS
Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans MFS MAX_GPRS_CS BSC MAX_LAPDM BSC
MAX_LAPS BSC MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime MFS MAX_MPDCH_DSP MFS
MAX_MPDCH_DSP_GP MFS Max_Nb_Tcorr_Start MFS MAX_PAGING_QUEUE MFS
MAX_PDCH MFS MAX_PDCH_DSP MFS MAX_PDCH_DSP_GP MFS
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD MFS MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF MFS MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GP MFS
MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU MFS MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU MFS MAX_POW_INC BSC
MAX_POW_RED BSC Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences MFS Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime MFS
MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY MFS MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR MFS Max_Rate_Safety MFS
Max_Resel_Duration MFS Max_retrans (BSC) BSC Max_retrans (MFS) MFS
MAX_RETRANS_1 MFS MAX_RETRANS_2 MFS MAX_RETRANS_3 MFS
MAX_RETRANS_4 MFS Max_retrans_DL MFS MAX_RETRANS_PAGING_EXT MFS
MAX_Retrans_SIG MFS MAX_RLC_blks_DSP MFS MAX_RLC_blks_DSP_GP MFS
MAX_TBF_DSP MFS MAX_TBF_DSP_GP MFS MAX_TRC_NUMBER BSC
MAX_TRX_DSP MFS MAX_TRX_DSP_GP MFS MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH MFS
MAX_VGCS_TS BSC MCC (BSC) BSC MCC (MFS) MFS
MCC(n) (BSC) BSC MCC(n) (MFS) MFS MCC_3G(n) BSC
MCS_AVG_PERIOD MFS MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10] BSC
MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4] BSC
MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7] BSC
MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] BSC
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] BSC
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7] BSC
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] BSC
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [4] BSC
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [7] BSC
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1] BSC
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4] BSC
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_TA_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_TA_i [7] BSC
MEAS_STAT_TA_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_TA_i [9] BSC MIN_CONNECT_TIME BSC
MIN_PDCH MFS MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR MFS MIN_RLF_TIME_DL MFS
MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN MFS MIN_VGCS_TS BSC MNC (BSC) BSC
MNC (MFS) MFS MNC(n) (BSC) BSC MNC(n) (MFS) MFS
MNC_3G(n) BSC MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD MFS MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA MFS

_LIST
MS_P_CON_ACK BSC MS_P_CON_INT BSC MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW MFS
_PDCH
MS_TXPWR_MAX BSC MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) BSC MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) BSC
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) MFS MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(BSC) BSC MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(MFS) MFS
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER BSC MS_TXPWR_MIN BSC MSCR (BSC) BSC
MSCR (MFS) MFS MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING BSC Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_P MFS

ERIOD
MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) BSC MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) MFS MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITI BSC

ON
N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU MFS N_AVG_I (BSC) BSC N_AVG_I (MFS) MFS
N_BAD_SACCH BSC N_BIAS_DETERMINATION MFS N_BSTXPWR_M BSC
N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC MFS N_CLR_REQ BSC N_DECR BTS
N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS MFS N_INCR BTS N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3 MFS
N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4 MFS N_PDCH_Release MFS N_PREF_CELLS BSC
N_SHARED_DTM_INFO MFS N_SIG_REPEAT MFS N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT MFS
N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT MFS N_TCH_HO BSC N_threshold BSC
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT MFS N_UL_Errors_LIMIT MFS
N_WAIT BTS N1 BSC N2 BSC
N200_GSL (BSC) BSC N200_GSL (MFS) MFS N200_LE BTS
N200_LR BTS N200_OML (BSC) BSC N200_OML (BTS) BTS
N200_RSL (BSC) BSC N200_RSL (BTS) BTS N200_TD BTS
N200_TS BTS N200_TTF BTS N200_TTH BTS
N201 (BSC) BSC N201 (BTS) BTS N201_BTER_D BTS
N201_BTER_S BTS N201_C BTS N201_D BTS
N201_GSL (BSC) BSC N201_GSL (MFS) MFS N201_S BTS
N2X4 BSC N3101_LIMIT MFS N3103_LIMIT MFS
N3105_LIMIT MFS N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE MFS N391 MFS
N392 MFS N393 MFS NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LI MFS

NE
NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_ MFS NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES MFS NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_C MFS

PER_GPU HANNEL
NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE MFS Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_ BSC Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extend BSC

CBCH ed_CBCH
NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC) BSC NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS) MFS NBLK BSC
NBR_RESET_CIC_REP BSC NBR_RESET_REP BSC NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 BSC
NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 BSC NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR MFS NC_DL_RXLEV_THR MFS
NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR MFS NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD MFS NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET MFS
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I MFS NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T MFS NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) MFS
NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0, MFS NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACT MFS NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD MFS

n) OR
NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS MFS NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR MFS NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE MFS
NC2_LOAD_EV_PERIOD MFS NCC (BSC) BSC NCC (MFS) MFS
NCC(n) MFS NCC_permitted BSC NCI BSC
NECI (BSC) BSC NECI (MFS) MFS NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) BSC
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER MFS NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER( MFS network_operation_mode (BSC) BSC
n)
network_operation_mode (MFS) MFS NIR MFS NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACK MFS
GROUND_PRIORITY
NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_ MFS NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP2_ MFS NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP3_ MFS

PRIORITY PRIORITY PRIORITY
NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_C BSC NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR BSC NOTIF_PCH_THR BSC

ALL_THR
NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN MFS NS_ALIVE_RETRIES MFS NS_BLOCK_RETRIES MFS
NS_Priority MFS NS_RESET_RETRIES MFS NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES MFS
NSEI MFS NSEMAX MFS NSVCI MFS
NSVCMAX MFS NUBLK BSC NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO BSC
NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS BSC NY1 BSC NY2 BSC
OFFSET_CA_HIGH BSC OFFSET_CA_NORMAL BSC OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER BSC
Offset_Hopping_HO BSC Offset_Hopping_PC BSC OPC BSC
Operator BSC OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) BSC PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_P MFS

ERIOD
PAG_BAR BSC PAN_DEC (BSC) BSC PAN_DEC (MFS) MFS
PAN_INC (BSC) BSC PAN_INC (MFS) MFS PAN_MAX (BSC) BSC
PAN_MAX (MFS) MFS Password BSC Pb MFS
PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC) BSC PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS) MFS PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH MFS

R_1
PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH MFS PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH MFS PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH MFS

R_10 R_2 R_3
R_4 R_5 R_6

R_7 R_8 R_9
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 MFS PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 MFS PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 MFS

0
PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 MFS
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 MFS
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 MFS
PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 MFS PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH MFS

R_1
PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH MFS PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH MFS PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_TH MFS

R_10 R_2 R_3

R_4 R_5 R_6

R_7 R_8 R_9
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 MFS PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 MFS PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 MFS
0
PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 MFS PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 MFS PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 MFS
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 MFS PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 MFS PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 MFS
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 MFS PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 MFS PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 MFS
PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 MFS PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 MFS PDA_FULL BTS
PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR MFS PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTO MFS PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR MFS

R
PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER MFS PENALTY_TIME(BSC) BSC PENALTY_TIME(MFS) MFS
PENALTY_TIME(n)(BSC) BSC PENALTY_TIME(n)(MFS) MFS PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 MFS
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2 MFS PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3 MFS PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4 MFS
PFC_NB_RETRY_DOWNLD MFS PFC_NB_RETRY_MODIFY MFS PFC_T6 MFS
PFC_T8 MFS PG_FULL BTS PING_PONG_HCP BSC
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BS BSC PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MF MFS PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD MFS

C) S)
PMU_CPU_overload_step_H MFS PMU_CPU_overload_step_N MFS PMU_CPU_sampling_period MFS
POW_INC_FACTOR BSC POW_INC_STEP_SIZE BSC POW_RED_FACTOR BSC
POW_RED_STEP_SIZE BSC POWER_OFFSET_IND BSC PRACH_BUSY_THRES MFS
PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 MFS PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2 MFS PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3 MFS
PREFERRED_BAND BSC PRIO_THR BSC PRIORITY(0,n) BSC
PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOL BSC PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOL MFS PROT_MON BSC

D (BSC) D (MFS)
PROT_TH BSC PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX BSC PTM_BVCI MFS
PTP_BVCI MFS PVC_Level1_down MFS PVC_Level1_Factor MFS
PVC_Level1_up MFS PWRC (BSC) BSC PWRC (MFS) MFS
Q703_N1 BSC Q703_N2 BSC Q703_T1 BSC
Q703_T2 BSC Q703_T3 BSC Q703_T4E BSC
Q703_T4N BSC Q703_T5 BSC Q703_T6 BSC
Q703_T7 BSC Q704_T2 BSC Q704_T4 BSC
Q704_T5 BSC Q707_T1 BSC Q707_T2 BSC
QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN MFS Qsearch(BSC) BSC Qsearch_C BSC
Qsearch_I BSC Qsearch_P BSC Qsearch_P_PTM MFS
QUEUE_ANYWAY BSC R_AVERAGE_EGPRS MFS R_AVERAGE_GPRS MFS
RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE_RETRI MFS RA_CODE (BSC) BSC RA_CODE (MFS) MFS

ES
RA_CODE(n) MFS RA_COLOUR BSC RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS MFS
RACH_BUSY_THRES BSC RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER BSC RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) BSC
RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS) MFS RACHRT BSC RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) BSC
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) MFS RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS BSC RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) BSC
RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) BSC RATE_RED MFS RE BSC
RESET_INDEFINITE BSC RESP_REQ BSC Resume_retries MFS
RMIN_EGPRS MFS RMIN_GPRS MFS RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX BSC
RNC_ID(n) BSC ROT BSC round_trip_delay MFS
RR_ACK_TIMER (BTS) BTS RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC) BSC RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC) BSC
RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC) BSC RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (MFS) MFS RSL_RATE (BSC) BSC
RSL_RATE (BTS) BTS RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) BSC RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) MFS
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) BSC RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) MFS RXLEV_DL_IH BSC
RXLEV_DL_ZONE BSC RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO BSC RXLEV_UL_IH BSC
RXLEV_UL_ZONE BSC RXLEVmin(n) BSC S MFS
S_BECN MFS SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1 MFS SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2 MFS
SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_ MFS SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT MFS SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERV MFS

ADDRESS AL
SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRAN MFS SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB MFS Schedule_period_for_basic_CBC BSC

S H
Schedule_period_for_extended_C BSC SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTO MFS SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) BSC
BCH R
SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD BSC SDCCH_COUNTER BSC SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY BSC
SDCCH_LOW_DELAY BSC SGSNR MFS SHORT_FRM BTS
SIG_BVCI MFS SIGNALLING_PRIORITY MFS SLC BSC
SMS_INHIBIT BSC SMS_PRIORITY MFS SMSCB_Features_set BSC
SMSCB_Mode BSC SMSCB_Phase BSC SMSCB_Recovery BSC
SMSCB_State BSC SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) BSC SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) MFS
SSF BSC START_UPLINK_REPLY BSC STREAMING_PRIORITY MFS
STRIP_O5_CM2 BSC Suspend_retries MFS T(conn est) BSC
T(iar) BSC T(ias) BSC T(rel) BSC
T(sst) BSC T_ACK_WAIT MFS T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH MFS
T_ALLOC_BTS BSC T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP BSC T_AVG_T (BSC) BSC
T_AVG_T (MFS) MFS T_AVG_W (BSC) BSC T_AVG_W (MFS) MFS
T_BA_CHANGE MFS T_BIND_CNF BSC T_BTS_EST_CNF BSC
T_BTS_RLS_CNF BSC T_BURST BSC T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC MFS
T_CBC_READY BSC T_CFI_TR BTS T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE MFS
T_CONFIG_TBF MFS T_CONNECT BSC T_COUNT_I BSC
T_DELAY BSC T_delay_gch MFS T_DELAY_GSL BSC
T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT MFS T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL MFS T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITI MFS

AL
T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL MFS T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN MFS T_dl_assign_ccch MFS
T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport MFS T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport MFS T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT MFS
T_DTM_ASSIGN MFS T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD BSC T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_POL MFS
T_FAST_DL_margin MFS T_FILTER BSC T_flow_ctrl_cell MFS
T_flow_ctrl_ms MFS T_GCH_INACTIVITY MFS T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST MFS
T_GPRS_Resume BSC T_GSL_ACK (BSC) BSC T_GSL_ACK (MFS) MFS
T_HCP BSC T_HO_REQD_LOST BSC T_i BSC
T_IA BSC T_INHIBIT_CPT BSC T_INITIAL_PDCH MFS
T_INTRF_L3 BSC T_LB_OV BSC T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant MFS
T_LCS_Low_Delay MFS T_LCS_RESTART (BSC) BSC T_LCS_RESTART (MFS) MFS
T_Loc_abort BSC T_Location BSC T_Location_Longer BSC
T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL MFS T_MAX_FOR_MS_SYNCHRO MFS T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING MFS
T_MAX_RETRANS_DL MFS T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERIN MFS T_MIN_POLL MFS

G
T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) BSC T_MS_CELL_REJ BSC T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSI MFS
STENCE
T_MS_Context_Lifetime MFS T_NC_PING_PONG MFS T_NC_REJ_CELL MFS
T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID MFS T_NC2_LOAD_RANKING MFS T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME MFS
T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY BSC T_One_Block MFS T_OVL_MSC BSC
T_PAG_CS (BSC) BSC T_PAG_CS (MFS) MFS T_PAG_PS (BSC) BSC
T_PAG_PS (MFS) MFS T_PAGING_EXT MFS T_PAGING_REORG MFS
T_PDA BSC T_PSCD_SCHEDULE_ACK MFS T_PSI_PACCH MFS
T_PUA BSC T_qho BSC T_RCR_ACK BSC
T_RECOVERY BSC T_release TC T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_REL BSC

EASE
T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE BSC T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUA MFS T_RESEL MFS
RD
T_RESET_COUNTER BTS T_RMS_BSC BSC T_RMS_BSC_RECONF BSC
T_RMS_BSC_RESTART BSC T_RMS_BTS BSC T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant MFS
T_RRLP_Low_Delay MFS T_SAGI_GUARD MFS T_SDCCH_PC BSC
T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC) BSC T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS) MFS T_SMSCB_READY BTS
T_SMSCB_RESP BSC T_STOP_FR_EMISSION MFS T_SUP BTS
T_SYNC BTS T_SYNCd BTS T_SYNCu BTS
T_ta BTS T_TBF_ACTIV MFS T_TBF_BCK_REL MFS
T_TFO BSC T_ul_access_max MFS T_ul_assign_ccch MFS
T_ul_assign_pccch MFS T_UL_CONGESTION MFS T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH MFS
T_WAIT_CS_PROC MFS T_WAIT_DTM MFS T_WAIT_FLUSH MFS
T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN MFS T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS BSC T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_AC BSC

K
T1_0858 BSC T1_long BSC T1_short BSC
T11 BSC T11_FORCED BSC T13 BSC
T14 BSC T17 BSC T18 BSC
T18_Overload BSC T19 BSC T2_0858 BSC
T20 BSC T200 (BSC) BSC T200_D BTS
T200_D3 BTS T200_GSL (BSC) BSC T200_GSL (MFS) MFS
T200_OMU BTS T200_S3 BTS T200_SD BTS
T200_ST BTS T200_TF BTS T200_TH BTS
T200_TRE BTS T203 (BSC) BSC T203 (BTS) BTS
T203_GSL (BSC) BSC T203_GSL (MFS) MFS T3101 BSC
T3103 BSC T3105_D BSC T3105_D_STOP BSC
T3105_F_FR BSC T3105_F_HR BSC T3105_F_STOP BSC
T3106_D BSC T3106_D_STOP BSC T3106_F BSC
T3106_F_STOP BSC T3107 BSC T3109 BSC
T3122 BSC T3148n BSC T3166n MFS
T3168 (BSC) BSC T3168 (MFS) MFS T3169 MFS
T3180 MFS T3182n MFS T3190n MFS
T3191 MFS T3192 (BSC) BSC T3192 (MFS) MFS
T3208n MFS T3212 (BSC) BSC T3212 (MFS) MFS
T391 MFS T4 BSC T5_RA_CAP_UPDATE MFS
T9113 BSC TA_STAT BSC TBF_CS_DL MFS
TBF_CS_PERIOD MFS TBF_CS_UL MFS TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD MFS
TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD MFS TBF_DL_INIT_CS MFS TBF_DL_INIT_MCS MFS
TBF_MCS_DL MFS TBF_MCS_PERIOD MFS TBF_MCS_UL MFS
TBF_UL_INIT_CS MFS TBF_UL_INIT_MCS MFS TCH_INFO_PERIOD BSC
Tcorr MFS Tdsl MFS TEMPORARY_OFFSET BSC
TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) BSC Testab MFS Tfreeze MFS
THR_ACT_1 BTS THR_ACT_2 BTS THR_BUFFER BTS
THR_CCCH_LOAD BSC THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT BSC THR_ECNO_HO BSC
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 BSC THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 BSC THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 BSC
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 BSC THR_IDLE BTS THR_LB_OV BSC
THR_MARGIN_PRIO_PS BSC THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING MFS THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_HIG MFS

H
THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_LO MFS THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH BSC THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL BSC
W
THRES_DSP_XOFF MFS THRES_DSP_XON MFS THRES_G_MAX_HIGH MFS
THRES_G_MAX_LOW MFS THRES_HIGH_TX BTS THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF MFS
THRES_LOW_DSP_XON MFS THRES_LOW_TX BTS THRES_N_TBF_OFF MFS
THRES_N_TBF_ON MFS THRESHOLD_1_0 BSC THRESHOLD_1_1 BSC
THRESHOLD_1_10 BSC THRESHOLD_1_2 BSC THRESHOLD_1_3 BSC
THRESHOLD_2_8 BSC THRESHOLD_2_9 BSC TL_TCUA BSC
TL0 BSC TL1 BSC TL2 BSC
TL3 BSC TL4 BSC TLC_CONFIG_T BTS
Tns_alive MFS Tns_block MFS Tns_reset MFS
Tns_test MFS TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD OMC Treassembly BSC
Trelease MFS Treq_pending MFS TRG_SDCCH BSC
TRTS_PS MFS TRX_PREF_MARK BSC TS_TCUA BSC
TSC BSC Tusl MFS TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR MFS
TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR MFS TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD MFS TX_INT MFS
Tx_integer (BSC) BSC Tx_integer (MFS) MFS U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO BSC
U_RXLEV_DL_P BSC U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO BSC U_RXLEV_UL_P BSC
U_RXQUAL_DL_P BSC U_RXQUAL_UL_P BSC U_TIME_ADVANCE BSC
UI_LAPD_MAX_TX BTS UL_POLL_FACTOR MFS Use_of_Extended_CBCH BSC
USF_NE MFS VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC BSC VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC BSC
VQ_AVERAGE BSC VQ_BAD_RXFER BSC VQ_FER_THRESHOLD BSC
VQ_GOOD_RXFER BSC VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD BSC VQ_RXLEV BSC
VQ_RXQUAL BSC VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER BSC W_LEV_HO BSC
W_LEV_MCHO BSC W_LEV_PC BSC W_PBGT_HO BSC
W_QUAL_CA BSC W_QUAL_HO BSC W_QUAL_PC BSC
WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS BSC WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION MFS WI_CR BSC
WI_DTM MFS WI_EC BSC WI_OC BSC
WI_OP BSC WI_PR MFS ZONE_HO_HYST_DL BSC
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL BSC ZONE_TYPE BSC
End of document

GSM&amp;GPRSParameters B9-0103 14a

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

GSM&amp;GPRSParameters B9-0103 14a

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

mercredi 3 mai 2006

BSS Telecom Parameters

Edition 14 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0103 DSZZA

Logical name A_ECNO_HO HMI name A_ECNO_HO B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name A_LEV_HO HMI name A_LEV_HO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

When EN_VGCS is enabled

- for serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC:

Internal Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.

Logical name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION HMI name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITIO B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Cell_Capacity_Class = int{[(99/125) x (NTCH - 1)] + 1}

where NTCH is the number of all TCH channels in the Cell.

Logical name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND HMI name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name CGI_REQD HMI name CGI_REQUIRED B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Mandatory -- Max 7 Coded 7

Logical name DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER HMI name DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name EN_MCHO_RESCUE HMI name EN_MCHO_RESCUE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name EN_TCH_PREEMPT HMI name EN_TCH_PREEMPT B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

This parameter is called "List-of-Neigh-FDD-ARFCN" in the MIB.

Logical name FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET HMI name FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name GSM_PHASE HMI name GSM_PHASE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Def value Coded Def

where NB_TS is the number of radio timeslots available in the cell.

Logical name K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

- If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled,

Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.

Logical name MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING HMI name WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

4) When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0

Logical name OFFSET_CA_HIGH HMI name OFFSET_CA_HIGH B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name PAG_BAR HMI name PAGING B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name PING_PONG_HCP HMI name PING_PONG_HANDICAP B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE HMI name T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name T13 HMI name T13 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) HMI name TEMPORARY_OFFSET B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.

1) for non combined CCCH:

2) for combined CCCH:

Logical name WI_CR HMI name WI_CR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name ABORT_FRAME HMI name ABORT_FRAME B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE HMI name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

- for serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC:

Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_1 HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_1 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_3 HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_3 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_5 HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_5 B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name DSP_LOAD_THR_1 HMI name DSP_LOAD_THR_1 B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name EN_CBL HMI name EN_CBL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name GPRS_HCS_THR HMI name HCS_THR B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

- In an Evolium BTS : Instance BSS

Logical name Length_On_Going_Requests_List HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_Li B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name MAX_ADJ_CELL HMI name MAX_ADJ_CELL B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

The Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retrans parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.

Logical name MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime HMI name MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name MAX_MPDCH_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_MPDCH_DSP_GP B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF HMI name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name MAX_Retrans_SIG HMI name MAX_Retrans_SIG B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name MAX_TBF_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP_GP B8 No B9 Yes TRX nb No

Logical name Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_P HMI name Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_ B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU = 0, then no Ater margin is managed.

Logical name N_PDCH_Release HMI name N_PDCH_Release B8 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No

60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used

4) When cell_type = extended inner or extended outer, then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0

GSM&GPRSParameters B9-0103 14a

GSM&GPRSParameters B9-0103 14a